WO2017133339A1 - Method and apparatus for determining schedule timing interval - Google Patents

Method and apparatus for determining schedule timing interval Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017133339A1
WO2017133339A1 PCT/CN2016/111357 CN2016111357W WO2017133339A1 WO 2017133339 A1 WO2017133339 A1 WO 2017133339A1 CN 2016111357 W CN2016111357 W CN 2016111357W WO 2017133339 A1 WO2017133339 A1 WO 2017133339A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
value
scheduling
subframe
interval
period
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2016/111357
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
石靖
戴博
袁弋非
方惠英
夏树强
李书鹏
Original Assignee
中兴通讯股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201610222408.2A external-priority patent/CN107046722B/en
Application filed by 中兴通讯股份有限公司 filed Critical 中兴通讯股份有限公司
Priority to EP16889145.5A priority Critical patent/EP3413646B1/en
Priority to KR1020187025459A priority patent/KR102643922B1/en
Priority to EP22158355.2A priority patent/EP4075900A1/en
Priority to US16/074,061 priority patent/US10849144B2/en
Priority to JP2018540418A priority patent/JP7058605B2/en
Publication of WO2017133339A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017133339A1/en
Priority to US16/952,772 priority patent/US11706787B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a method and apparatus for determining a scheduling timing interval.
  • Machine Type Communication also known as Machine to Machine (M2M)
  • Narrow Band Internet of Things is the main application form of the Internet of Things.
  • the characteristics of the communication system are generally narrower than that of the Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, such as 1.4 MHz, 200 kHz, etc.; the number of user terminals or devices (User Equipment, UE for short) is large. Including traditional handheld terminals as well as machines, sensor terminals, etc.; with coverage enhancement requirements, including coverage improvement of 15dB or 20dB.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • UE User Equipment
  • the transmission bandwidth and the downlink subcarrier spacing of the NB-IoT are 180 kHz and 15 kHz, respectively, which are the same as the bandwidth and subcarrier spacing of one physical resource block (Physical Resource Block, PRB) of the LTE system, respectively, which is beneficial to the NB-IoT.
  • PRB Physical Resource Block
  • the related design of the existing LTE system is reused.
  • the GSM spectrum reused by the NB-IoT system is adjacent to the spectrum of the LTE system, it is also beneficial to reduce mutual interference between the two systems.
  • the LTE system uses a Downlink grant (DL grant) and an Uplink grant (UL grant) to schedule downlink data transmission and uplink data transmission of the terminal.
  • the DL grant and the UL grant are collectively referred to as Downlink Control Information (DCI), and the physical downlink control channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH for short) or the Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel). Hosted for EPDCCH).
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • Hosted for EPDCCH The downlink data is carried in the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH), and the uplink data is carried in the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH).
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
  • the PDCCH uses the resources in the first 1-4 Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols in the system bandwidth, and the Control Channel Element (CCE) is used as the basic aggregate resource granularity.
  • the transmission method uses transmit diversity.
  • the EPDCCH uses resources in a part of the PRBs in the system bandwidth to enhance the Control Channel Element (ECCE) as the basic aggregate resource granularity, and the transmission mode uses centralized transmission or distributed transmission.
  • the downlink control channel search space is located in the first 1-4 OFDM symbols of the system bandwidth, the aggregation level used by the enhanced downlink control signal exists only in one subframe, and the partial PRB in the subframe constitutes a search space frequency. Domain collection. Therefore, for an NB-IoT narrowband system with a frequency domain bandwidth of only 1 PRB, its control channel will occupy resources in one or more subframes.
  • the uplink and downlink scheduling timing interval is a fixed timing interval, but the uplink traffic channel and the downlink traffic channel in the narrowband system will also occupy multiple subframes in the time domain. In this case, using a fixed timing interval will result in services of different terminals. The channel collides. How to determine the uplink scheduling timing and downlink scheduling timing in a narrowband system with a PRB size, there is currently no effective solution.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a method and a device for determining a scheduling timing interval, so as to at least solve the problem that the fixed timing interval in the related art will cause collision of traffic channels of different terminals.
  • a method for determining a scheduling timing interval including:
  • a starting subframe of the scheduled narrowband downlink traffic channel NB-PDSCH or the narrowband uplink traffic channel NB-PUSCH by demodulating the narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH, where the basis for determining the starting subframe includes at least the following One of: the end subframe of the NB-PDCCH, the end subframe of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, the resource allocation in the scheduling window, and the scheduling timing interval indication.
  • a fixed scheduling timing interval is used.
  • the determining mode indicates the location of the NB-PDSCH in one physical resource block PRB.
  • the start subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is determined according to the end subframe of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, using a fixed scheduling timing interval or according to a scheduling timing interval, where the scheduling timing
  • the interval indication indicates the end subframe of the search space in which the NB-PDCCH is located to the start subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH.
  • the set of the scheduling timing interval used is a finite value, and the value set is set.
  • the value of the intermediate element is contiguous or intermittent, and the set of values is fixed or configured by a system information block SIB or a radio access control RRC, where the scheduling timing interval indication indicates that the end subframe of the NB-PDCCH is The starting subframe of the NB-PDSCH or NB-PUSCH.
  • the scheduling timing interval indication includes one of the following modes: a single indication, and two levels of indication,
  • the single indication indicates a scheduling timing interval by a single parameter
  • the first level indication of the two level indication is a single indication parameter
  • the second level indication of the two level indication is based on the first level indication again.
  • the offset value is indicated, and the set of offset values is a finite value, and the set of values is fixed or configured by SIB or RRC.
  • the value set is configured according to the coverage type, the search space type, and the number of repetitions indicated in the DCI, or implicitly determined to be different values, and the value set includes at least one of the following: the single indication, The first level indication in the two-level indication and the second level indication in the two-level indication; wherein the value corresponding to the value set is a physical subframe or The resource unit or the transmission time interval of the available subframe or the radio frame or the traffic channel, where the number of repetitions indicated in the DCI includes at least one of the following: NB-PDSCH repetition number, NB-PUSCH repetition number, NB-PDCCH repetition number .
  • the different values uniformly use a multiple of Rmax/i, where
  • the scheduling timing interval is represented by the same common factor, and i is a positive integer greater than 0, and the different values include at least one of the following manners:
  • the value of the set of values includes at least one of the following:
  • One group does not use a multiple of Rmax/i, and the other group uses a multiple of Rmax/i.
  • the value of the element in the set of values includes at least one of the following manners:
  • x is at least one of the set ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, ..., 20 ⁇ ;
  • An integer multiple of the length of the wireless frame such as ⁇ 10, 20, 30, 40, ... ⁇ ;
  • the control channel occupies an integer multiple of the number of subframes; k x 2 x , where k is a positive integer greater than or greater than zero.
  • the method for determining the maximum value of the elements in the set of values includes at least one of the following: a length of the scheduling window or the scheduling period or the resource allocation period, and a unique value of the fixed or base station configuration, which are respectively determined according to different coverage levels, according to the coverage. At least one of the levels is determined, determined according to the uplink single carrier transmission, and determined according to the uplink subcarrier spacing.
  • the scheduling timing interval is an arbitrary value smaller than the window length of the scheduling window, and the scheduling is performed.
  • the intra-window resource allocation uses a continuous resource allocation of no more than X PRBs or subframes, where the X value is smaller than the scheduling window length, and the scheduling timing interval is the end subframe of the NB-PDCCH to the NB-PDSCH or the NB- The starting subframe of the PUSCH.
  • the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is jointly determined according to the offset value dynamically indicated by the DCI.
  • the occupied subframe resources span the scheduling window or only within the scheduling window.
  • the coverage enhancement scenario uses the resource allocation determined resource to repeatedly transmit R times, at least one of the following manners: based on resource allocation in the scheduling window, only repeatedly transmitting R times between the scheduling windows; Resource allocation, repeating Rin times in the scheduling window, repeating Rout times between scheduling windows, wherein at least one of R, Rin, and Rout is notified by RRC or SIB or DCI, and R, Rin, and Rout are all A positive integer.
  • the NB-PDCCH when the NB-PDCCH repeatedly transmits the R times, it includes at least one of the following manners: when R is not greater than or less than Rx, the transmission is repeated only R times in the scheduling window; when R is greater than Rx, only in the scheduling window Repeat R transmissions; when R is greater than Rx, Rin times are repeatedly transmitted in the scheduling window, and Rout times are repeated between scheduling windows, wherein at least one of R, Rin, Rout, and Rx is determined by RRC, SIB, or DCI. Notice that Rx, R, Rin, and Rout are all positive integers.
  • the determining manner of the R, Rin, Rout, and Rx values includes at least one of the following:
  • At least one of R, Rin, Rout, and Rx takes a value of 2 x , where x is at least one of the set ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, ..., 20 ⁇ ;
  • At least one of R, Rin, and Rout is determined to be a different fixed value according to different coverage levels, or one or a set of values is configured by the base station, and the specific value is notified in the DCI when configured as a set of values;
  • Rx and/or Rin are determined according to at least one of a coverage level, a scheduling window length, and a maximum number of repetitions.
  • the NB-PDSCH occupies consecutive subframes in the time domain, and the manner of determining the number of consecutive subframes includes at least one of the following:
  • the elements in the finite value set are consecutive values or interval values.
  • the manner in which the NB-PDCCH occupies resources in a narrowband control channel unit NB-CCE used in one PRB pair or one subframe includes one of the following:
  • the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located includes one or more aggregation levels
  • the manner of determining the number of candidate sets corresponding to different aggregation times of different aggregation levels includes at least one of the following:
  • the number of candidate sets for different aggregation levels at different repetition times is 1;
  • Different aggregation levels have different number of candidate sets at different repetition times
  • the number of candidate sets corresponding to aggregation level 1 is greater than one;
  • the number of the candidate sets corresponding to the non-maximum number of repetitions is greater than one;
  • the number of candidate sets is equal to 1, and when the number of repetitions is less than or less than or equal to Rx, the number of candidate sets is greater than one.
  • the scheduling window length is determined according to at least one of a resource unit length, a scheduling timing interval, and a discontinuous transmission interval, and the scheduling window length is configured by the eNB through SIB or RRC, or a fixed length.
  • the determination method includes at least one of the following:
  • the length is greater than at least one of a length of a resource unit, a scheduling timing interval, and a discontinuous transmission interval;
  • the length is an integer multiple of at least one of a length of a resource unit, a scheduling timing interval, and a discontinuous transmission interval;
  • the length satisfies 2 x , wherein x is at least one of the concentrations ⁇ 1, 2, 3, ..., 20 ⁇ ;
  • the length satisfies an integer multiple of the length of the radio frame.
  • the length of the uplink scheduling window is the same as the length of the downlink scheduling window, and is fixed or unified.
  • the uplink scheduling window length and the downlink scheduling window are independently configured or take different fixed values.
  • the starting subframe of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located is determined according to at least one of a scheduling window length, an offset value, a maximum repetition number Rmax, and a resource allocation period.
  • the starting subframe position, the position of the starting subframe plus the offset value, or the position of the starting subframe minus the offset value is The position of the integer multiple of T, wherein the offset value is not greater than the scheduling window length, wherein the period T is a scheduling window length, a scheduling period or a resource allocation period, or an integer multiple of a scheduling window length, a scheduling period, or a resource allocation period.
  • the initial subframe is located in the first subframe of the period, and the period is an integer multiple of Rmax, where the integer multiple is a continuous value or an interval value, and consecutive values are, for example, ⁇ 1, 2 , 3, 4... ⁇ , the interval values are, for example, ⁇ 1, 2, 4, 8... ⁇ ;
  • the initial subframe is located in the first subframe of the period plus an offset value offset, and the offset value is Rmax divided by an integer multiple of i, and the period is an integer multiple of Rmax, where the integer multiple is taken
  • the values are consecutive, for example, ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4... ⁇ , and the intervals are, for example, ⁇ 1, 2, 4, 8... ⁇ .
  • the set of values determined by an integer multiple or a non-integer multiple of the period Rmax, or the set of values determined by adding an integer multiple or a non-integer multiple of the period Rmax plus a constant m includes at least the following One:
  • the set of values includes a positive integer greater than or equal to 10;
  • the value collection does not contain 1;
  • the value set contains a non-positive integer greater than 1 and less than 5;
  • the UE-specific search space USS is different from the value set corresponding to the cell common search space CSS, and the value set includes at least one of the following:
  • the CSS value set does not contain a non-positive integer
  • the minimum value in the CSS value set is greater than the minimum value in the USS value set
  • the maximum value in the CSS value set is greater than the maximum value in the USS value set.
  • the base station when the NB-PDCCH or NB-PDSCH or NB-PUSCH is repeatedly transmitted, the base station notifies the repeated transmission to continuous transmission or interval/discontinuous transmission through the SIB, including at least one of the following manners:
  • Fixed period and fixed interval size and the fixed value is a power of 2 or an integer multiple of a radio frame or an integer multiple of 8.
  • the unit of the period and/or interval is a sub-frame or a multiple of Rmax/i, wherein the period and the interval size are respectively configured.
  • joint coding configuration where i is an integer from 1 to 8.
  • the manner in which the interval and the interval in the period are determined according to the threshold value includes at least one of the following:
  • the maximum value of the period is less than or less than or equal to a threshold value
  • the maximum value of the interval size is less than the period value
  • the maximum value of the interval size is less than a threshold value, wherein the threshold value is a fixed value or a value of a high layer signaling configuration.
  • a determining apparatus for scheduling a timing interval including:
  • a determining module configured to determine a scheduled subframe of the scheduled narrowband downlink traffic channel NB-PDSCH or the narrowband uplink traffic channel NB-PUSCH by demodulating the narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH, where the starting subframe is determined The basis of the at least one of the following: an end subframe of the NB-PDCCH, an end subframe of a search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, a resource allocation in a scheduling window, and a scheduling timing interval indication.
  • a computer storage medium is further provided, and the computer storage medium may store an execution instruction for performing the implementation of the determining method of the scheduling timing interval in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the start subframe of the scheduled narrowband downlink traffic channel NB-PDSCH or the narrowband uplink traffic channel NB-PUSCH is determined by demodulating the narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH, wherein the initiator is determined
  • the basis of the frame includes at least one of the following: the end subframe of the NB-PDCCH, the end subframe of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, the resource allocation in the scheduling window, and the scheduling timing interval indication, which are solved in the narrowband system. How to determine the schedule The timing problem saves the indication overhead, improves the resource usage efficiency, solves the problem of resource waste caused by the resource imbalance caused by the fixed timing interval, and solves the congestion problem of continuous transmission.
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a method for determining a scheduling timing interval according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the number of intervals for configuring discontinuous transmission, implicitly determining the interval position, in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a configuration preset period and an interval position within a period in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of configuring a preset period, and the period size is equal to the interval size, in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 5 is a structural block diagram of a determining apparatus for scheduling timing intervals according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the NB-CCE occupying the same consecutive 6 subcarriers in all OFDM symbols according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the NB-CCE occupying the same non-contiguous 6 subcarriers in all OFDM symbols according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the NB-CCE occupying different non-contiguous 6 subcarriers in different OFDM symbols according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 9 is a first schematic diagram of the NB-CCE occupying different consecutive 6 subcarriers in different OFDM symbols according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a second schematic diagram of the NB-CCE occupying different consecutive 6 subcarriers in different OFDM symbols according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the scheduling timing interval implicitly determined by a resource allocation within a scheduling window or a scheduling period, in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of the scheduling timing interval determined by resource allocation within a scheduling window or scheduling period and in conjunction with dynamic offset values, in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 13 is a first schematic diagram 1 of the scheduling timing interval determined by a DCI dynamic indication, in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of scheduling timing intervals determined by fixed values when using multiple narrowbands in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a schematic diagram of determining a timing interval by using a multi-narrowband scheduling timing interval by a fixed subframe offset fixed value of a search space in which an NB-PDCCH is located, in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention
  • 16 is a schematic diagram of the scheduling timing interval implicitly determined by a resource allocation within a scheduling window or a scheduling period, in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention
  • 17 is a second schematic diagram of the scheduling timing interval determined by a DCI dynamic indication, in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of determining a timing interval by using a multi-narrowband scheduling timing interval by a fixed subframe offset fixed value of a search space in which an NB-PDCCH is located or dynamically indicated by a DCI.
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a method for determining a scheduling timing interval according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1, the process includes the following steps:
  • Step S102 demodulating a narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH
  • Step S104 Determine a starting subframe of the scheduled narrowband downlink traffic channel NB-PDSCH or the narrowband uplink traffic channel NB-PUSCH by demodulating the narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH, where the basis for determining the starting subframe includes At least one of the following: an end subframe of the NB-PDCCH, an end subframe of a search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, a resource allocation in a scheduling window, and a scheduling timing interval indication.
  • the demodulated narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH is used to determine the scheduled subframe of the scheduled narrowband downlink traffic channel NB-PDSCH or the narrowband uplink traffic channel NB-PUSCH, which solves how to determine the scheduling timing in the narrowband system.
  • the problem saves the indication overhead and improves the efficiency of resource usage.
  • a fixed scheduling timing interval is used.
  • the downlink control information DCI is adopted. Or implicitly determining the location of the NB-PDSCH in one physical resource block PRB.
  • the start subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is determined according to the end subframe of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, using a fixed scheduling timing interval or according to a scheduling timing interval, where The scheduling timing interval indicates a starting subframe indicating the end subframe of the search space in which the NB-PDCCH is located to the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH.
  • the set of the scheduling timing interval used is a finite value, Value collection
  • the value of the element is continuous or interval
  • the set of values is fixed or configured by a system information block SIB or a radio access control RRC, where the scheduling timing interval indicates that the end subframe of the NB-PDCCH is to the NB-PDSCH or The starting subframe of the NB-PUSCH.
  • the scheduling timing interval indication includes one of the following modes: a single indication, and two levels of indication,
  • the single indication indicates a scheduling timing interval by a single parameter
  • the first level indication of the two-level indication is a single indication parameter
  • the second level indication of the two-level indication indicates that the offset value is again indicated on the basis of the first level indication.
  • the set of offset values is a finite value, and the set of values is fixed or configured by SIB or RRC.
  • the value set is configured according to the coverage type, the search space type, and the number of repetitions indicated in the DCI, or implicitly determined to be different values, and the value set includes at least one of the following: a single indicator, a first level indication in a two level indication, and a second level indication in a two level indication; wherein the value corresponding to the value set is a physical subframe or a available subframe or a resource element of a radio frame or a traffic channel Or a transmission time interval, where the number of repetitions indicated in the DCI includes at least one of the following: NB-PDSCH repetition number, NB-PUSCH repetition number, and NB-PDCCH repetition number.
  • the different values are uniformly used by Rmax/i. a multiple, wherein the scheduling timing interval is represented by the same common factor, and i is a positive integer greater than 0, and the different values include at least one of the following manners:
  • K1 ⁇ k8 are continuous and non-continuous values, and can also be determined by single or two-level indication.
  • k1 to k8 are ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 ⁇ ; or ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16 ⁇ ; or ⁇ 0, 1. 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 ⁇ ; or ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 12, 16, 24 ⁇
  • Rmax/i Use at least two multiples of Rmax/i.
  • the preset or configured threshold value Rmax C, respectively, when Rmax is greater than or equal to C and Rmax is less than C, respectively, the set of values of the scheduling timing intervals of the two groups is respectively used,
  • the value of the value set includes at least one of the following:
  • the two sets of values are (k1 ⁇ k7) * Rmax / 8; (y1 ⁇ y7) * Rmax /8.
  • one set is ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 ⁇ , and the other set is ⁇ 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24 ⁇ , where C is the default value.
  • Rmax/i Use a different multiple of Rmax/i, using the same common factor representation. For example, expressed by the same common factor (k1 to k7), Use a different Rmax/i as a multiple, such as (k1 ⁇ k7) * Rmax / 8; (k1 ⁇ k7) * Rmax / 4.
  • One group does not use a multiple of Rmax/i, and the other group uses a multiple of Rmax/i.
  • one set takes values from (k1 to k7)*D, and D is a constant; the other set takes values from (y1 to y7)*Rmax/8.
  • the value set is configured by the SIB or the RRC, or is implicitly determined according to at least one of the NB-PDSCH, the NB-PUSCH, and the NB-PDCCH indicated by the DCI, whether it is a single indication or a two-level indication.
  • the set of values is configured by the SIB; for the DCI transmitted in the USS, the set of values is configured by the RRC.
  • the elements in the set of values can be 2 or 4 or 6 or 8 or 10 or 16 and so on.
  • the first level of the two-level indication is 1 bit indicating two kinds of values ⁇ k1, k2 ⁇ , or 2 bits indicating four kinds of values ⁇ k1, k2, k3, k4 ⁇ , or 3 bits indicating 8 kinds of values ⁇ k1, k2 K3, k4, k5, k6, k7, k8 ⁇ , where the maximum k value kmax in the set is configured by the eNB, and the rest is implicitly obtained.
  • the value of kmax is configured according to the coverage type of the terminal. For example, the configuration kmax is 32 when the normal coverage is set, and the kmax is 256 when the coverage is enhanced. Or kmax is implicitly determined according to at least one of NB-PDSCH, NB-PUSCH, and NB-PDCCH indicated by the DCI, and no SIB or RRC configuration is required.
  • the second level indication is a fixed value, such as 1 bit indication ⁇ 0, 1 ⁇ or ⁇ 0, 2 ⁇ or ⁇ 0, 4 ⁇ ; 2bit indication ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3 ⁇ or ⁇ 0, 1, 2 4 ⁇ or ⁇ 0, 2, 4, 6 ⁇ ; 3bit indicates ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 ⁇ , or the second level is the set of values of the configuration, taking 2bit as an example, indicating ⁇ 0, 1x, 2x, 3x ⁇ , x is the smallest k value in the first level indication, kmin, or x is kmin/4 or kmin/2, or x is kmax/16 or kmax/32.
  • the first-level indication is added to the second-level indication to obtain a scheduling timing interval, or the two-level indication is multiplied by the second-level indication to obtain a scheduling timing interval, or the first-level indication determines the value to be combined.
  • the second level indicates that the determined resource unit length is obtained by the scheduling timing interval.
  • the set of values determined by the single indication can also be regarded as a set of values calculated by the above-mentioned means through the secondary indication.
  • One of the sets ⁇ 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 16, 17, 18, 19, 32, 33, 34, 35 ⁇ is indicated by 4 bits. The rest of the combinations are similar and will not be described again.
  • the second level indication is determined according to the first level indication, that is, the second level indication value set corresponding to the different first level indication values is different.
  • the larger first level indicates that the corresponding second level indicates a larger granularity.
  • the set of values of the scheduling timing interval indication in the DCI for scheduling paging is different from the value set of the scheduling timing interval indication in the DCI for scheduling the unicast service.
  • (Case 1) The number of the value set elements indicated by the scheduling timing interval in the DCI for scheduling the paging is the same as the number of the value set indicating the scheduling timing interval in the DCI of the scheduled unicast service.
  • the specific value elements are different, and the former takes the value.
  • the elements in the collection are more spaced apart. For example, the maximum k value in the set of timing interval values of the scheduling aging is greater than the maximum k value in the set of timing intervals of the scheduled unicast service.
  • the first level refers to The k4 is different, and the subsequent k1-k3 implicitly obtain different ways.
  • the scheduling timing interval in the DCI for scheduling Paging indicates that the number of elements of the set value is greater than that of the scheduled unicast service.
  • the number of value sets indicated by the scheduling interval in the DCI is different.
  • the elements in the former value set are larger.
  • the unit corresponding to the value of the set of values is a physical sub-frame or a resource unit of a available sub-frame or a traffic channel.
  • the first level indication unit is a resource unit
  • the second level indication unit is a subframe.
  • the value of the element in the set of values includes at least one of the following manners:
  • x is at least one of the set ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, ..., 20 ⁇ ;
  • An integer multiple of the length of the wireless frame such as ⁇ 10, 20, 30, 40, ... ⁇ ;
  • the control channel occupies an integer multiple of the number of subframes; k x 2 x , where k is a positive integer greater than or greater than zero.
  • the maximum value determining manner of the element in the value set includes at least one of: a scheduling window or a scheduling period or a length of a resource allocation period, a fixed value or a unique value of a base station configuration, respectively, according to different coverage levels. Determining, determining according to at least one of the coverage levels, determining according to the uplink single carrier transmission, and determining according to the uplink subcarrier spacing.
  • the maximum value determining manner of the element in the value set includes at least one of: a scheduling window or a scheduling period or a length of a resource allocation period, a fixed value or a unique value of a base station configuration, respectively, according to different coverage levels. Determining, determining according to at least one of the coverage levels, determining according to the uplink single carrier transmission, and determining according to the uplink subcarrier spacing.
  • the maximum value determining manner of the elements in the value set includes at least one of the following: a scheduling window or a scheduling period or a length of a resource allocation period, that is, a maximum value of an element in the value set is equal to or not greater than a scheduling window or The length of the period; the unique value of the fixed or base station configuration, that is, the maximum value in the set of values is a unique value; determined according to different coverage levels, respectively, the maximum values corresponding to different coverage levels are different; determined according to at least one of the coverage levels That is, the maximum values corresponding to different coverage levels are allowed to be the same at this time, for example, the maximum values corresponding to coverage levels 0 and 1 are the same, and the maximum values corresponding to coverage levels 2 and 3 are the same; determined according to uplink single carrier transmission, that is, uplink single carrier transmission The corresponding maximum value is different from the maximum value corresponding to the uplink multi-carrier transmission; according to the uplink sub-carrier spacing, for example, the maximum value corresponding to the
  • the scheduling timing interval is an arbitrary value smaller than the window length of the scheduling window, where
  • the resource allocation in the scheduling window uses a continuous resource allocation of no more than X PRBs or subframes, where X is smaller than the scheduling window length, X is preferably 6, and the scheduling timing interval is the ending subframe of the NB-PDCCH to the NB-PDSCH.
  • the starting subframe of the NB-PUSCH uses a continuous resource allocation of no more than X PRBs or subframes, where X is smaller than the scheduling window length, X is preferably 6, and the scheduling timing interval is the ending subframe of the NB-PDCCH to the NB-PDSCH.
  • scheduling window can also be expressed by other terms, such as scheduling period, resource allocation period, and resource division. Distribution range, etc.
  • the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH when the initial subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is determined according to the resource allocation in the scheduling window, the NB-PDSCH or the NB is jointly determined according to the offset value dynamically indicated by the DCI. - The subframe resources occupied by the PUSCH span the scheduling window or only within the scheduling window.
  • the coverage enhancement scenario uses the resource allocation determined resource to repeatedly transmit R times
  • at least one of the following manners is adopted: based on resource allocation in the scheduling window, only R times are repeatedly transmitted between the scheduling windows; Based on resource allocation in the scheduling window, Rin times are repeatedly transmitted in the scheduling window, and Rout times are repeated between the scheduling windows, wherein at least one of R, Rin, and Rout is notified by RRC or SIB or DCI, R, Rin And Rout are both positive integers.
  • the NB-PDCCH when the NB-PDCCH repeatedly transmits the R times, at least one of the following manners is included: when R is not greater than or less than Rx, the transmission is repeated only R times in the scheduling window; when R is greater than Rx, Repeatedly transmitting R times only between the scheduling windows; when R is greater than Rx, Rin times are repeatedly transmitted in the scheduling window, and Rout times are repeated between the scheduling windows, wherein at least one of R, Rin, Rout, and Rx is used by RRC. , SIB or DCI notification, Rx, R, Rin and Rout are positive integers.
  • the R, Rin, Rout, and Rx value determining manners include at least one of the following:
  • At least one of R, Rin, Rout, and Rx takes a value of 2 x , where x is at least one of the set ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, ..., 20 ⁇ ;
  • At least one of R, Rin, and Rout is determined to be a different fixed value according to different coverage levels, or one or a set of values is configured by the base station, and the specific value is notified in the DCI when configured as a set of values;
  • Rx and/or Rin are determined according to at least one of a coverage level, a scheduling window length, and a maximum number of repetitions.
  • Rx and Rin are determined to be 4 according to the regular coverage; or Rx and or Rin are determined to be not greater than the value of the scheduling window according to the scheduling window length; or Rx and or Rin are determined to be not greater than the scheduling window length and the maximum number of repetitions. The value of the scheduling window length and the maximum number of repetitions;
  • the NB-PDSCH repeats transmission in 8 scheduling windows and repeats transmission 4 times in the scheduling window.
  • the NB-PDSCH occupies consecutive subframes in the time domain, and the manner of determining the number of consecutive subframes includes at least one of the following:
  • the manner in which the NB-PDCCH occupies resources in a narrowband control channel unit NB-CCE used in one PRB pair or one subframe includes one of the following:
  • the NB-CCE occupies different resources in a subframe or an OFDM symbol according to different cell IDs.
  • the NB-CCE pattern used by different cells uses different specific resources in the above multiple resource occupation modes or the same resource occupation mode.
  • the PRB pair specifically includes 12 subcarriers in the frequency domain and 12 or 14 OFDM symbols in the time domain. Among them, 14 OFDM symbols use normal CP, and 12 OFDM symbols use Extended CP.
  • the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located includes one or more aggregation levels, and the manner of determining the number of candidate sets corresponding to the different repetition times of the aggregation level includes at least one of the following:
  • the number of candidate sets for different aggregation levels at different repetition times is 1;
  • Different aggregation levels have different number of candidate sets at different repetition times
  • the number of candidate sets corresponding to aggregation level 1 is greater than one;
  • the number of the candidate sets corresponding to the non-maximum number of repetitions is greater than one;
  • the number of candidate sets is equal to 1, and when the number of repetitions is less than or less than or equal to Rx, the number of candidate sets is greater than one.
  • the scheduling window length is determined according to at least one of a length of a resource unit, a scheduling timing interval, and a discontinuous transmission interval, and the scheduling window length is configured by the eNB through SIB or RRC, or a fixed length.
  • the determination method includes at least one of the following:
  • the length is greater than at least one of a length of a resource unit, a scheduling timing interval, and a discontinuous transmission interval;
  • the length is an integer multiple of at least one of a length of a resource unit, a scheduling timing interval, and a discontinuous transmission interval;
  • the length satisfies 2 x , where x is at least one of the concentrations ⁇ 1, 2, 3, ..., 20 ⁇ ;
  • This length satisfies an integer multiple of the length of the radio frame.
  • the length of the uplink scheduling window is the same as that of the downlink scheduling window, and is fixed or unified.
  • the uplink scheduling window length and the downlink scheduling window are independently configured or take different fixed values.
  • the window length is an integer multiple of 32, and preferably the window length is a set ⁇ 32, 64, 128, 256, At least one of 512, 768, 1024, 1280, 1536, 1792, 2048 ⁇ .
  • the starting subframe of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located is determined according to at least one of a scheduling window length, an offset value, a maximum repetition number Rmax, and a resource allocation period.
  • the starting subframe position, the position of the starting subframe plus the offset value, or the starting subframe minus the offset is an integer multiple of T, wherein the offset value is not greater than the scheduling window length, wherein the period T is a scheduling window length, a scheduling period or a resource allocation period, or a scheduling window length, a scheduling period, or a resource allocation period. Integer multiple.
  • offset value offset is less than the window length 1/2, 1/4.
  • the value of the predefined or base station configuration such as 0, 1, 2, 3.
  • n s represents the slot number
  • SFN is the radio frame number
  • k represents the starting subframe
  • N represents the scheduling window length or an integer multiple of the scheduling window length
  • offset represents the offset value
  • the starting subframe is located in the first subframe of the period, and the period is an integer multiple of Rmax, where the integer multiple is a continuous value ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4... ⁇ or an interval value ⁇ 1 , 2, 4, 8... ⁇ ;
  • the starting subframe is located in the first subframe of the period plus an offset value offset, and the offset value is Rmax divided by an integer multiple of i, the period is an integer multiple of Rmax, and i is preferably 8, wherein the integer multiple is taken
  • the value is a continuous value ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4... ⁇ or an interval value ⁇ 1, 2, 4, 8... ⁇ .
  • the set of values determined by an integer multiple or a non-integer multiple of Rmax, or a set of values determined by adding an integer multiple or a non-integer multiple of Rmax plus a constant m includes At least one of the following:
  • the set of values includes a positive integer greater than or equal to 10; considering that NB-IoT has a narrower bandwidth relative to eMTC, a longer period in the time domain is required to better time-division multiplexing different terminals.
  • the value collection does not contain 1;
  • the value set contains a non-positive integer greater than 1 and less than 5;
  • the value set is X1
  • the value set corresponding to the USS and the CSS is different, wherein the CSS is used for the access process.
  • the set of values includes at least one of the following:
  • the CSS value set does not contain a non-positive integer
  • the minimum value in the CSS value set is greater than the minimum value in the USS value set
  • the maximum value in the CSS value set is greater than the maximum value in the USS value set.
  • the CSS value set is ⁇ 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 16 ⁇ and the USS value set is ⁇ 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 ⁇ ; CSS value The set is ⁇ 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16, 24, 32 ⁇ and the USS value set is ⁇ 1.5, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16 ⁇ ; the CSS value set is ⁇ 2 , 3, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 32 ⁇ and the USS value set is ⁇ 1.5, 2, 2.5, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16 ⁇ .
  • the unit of the period and or interval is a sub-frame or a multiple of Rmax/i.
  • the period and the interval size are respectively configured or jointly coded.
  • i is an integer from 1 to 8.
  • the interval size values included in different periodic configurations are different, and the interval size is not greater than its corresponding period value.
  • the manner in which the interval and the interval in the period are determined according to the threshold value includes at least one of the following:
  • the maximum value of the period is less than or less than or equal to the threshold value
  • the maximum value of the interval size is less than the period value
  • the maximum value of the interval size is less than a threshold value, where the threshold value is a fixed value or a value of a high layer signaling configuration.
  • the threshold value is 64.
  • the period maximum value is 64
  • the gap size maximum value is less than 64.
  • the base station When the NB-PDCCH or NB-PDSCH or NB-PUSCH is repeatedly transmitted, the base station notifies its repeated transmission to continuous transmission or interval/discontinuous transmission through high layer signaling (such as SIB or RRC) or physical layer signaling (such as DCI). . Including at least one of the following:
  • continuous transmission or discontinuous transmission is configured by 1 bit.
  • the interval is between Rmax/2 and the interval size is Rmax or Rmax/2 or a fixed value.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the number of intervals for configuring discontinuous transmissions, implicitly determined by spacing locations, as shown in FIG. 2, such as the number of intervals for non-continuous transmission by 2 bit configuration, in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
  • 0 means continuous transmission
  • 1 means 1 interval and the interval is between Rmax/2 and the interval size is Rmax/2
  • 2 means there are 3 intervals and the interval is between Rmax/4 and the interval size is Rmax/4
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a configuration of a preset period and an interval position within a period according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 3, for configuring a preset period, and an interval position within the period, the interval is in a period
  • the inner partition and the size of the Gap are not larger than the size of the period. It is necessary to define a transmission period, and then additionally define the start and length of the transmission interval in one cycle. Simply, the interval can be configured only at the beginning or end of the cycle.
  • the length of the cycle and the length of the gap in the cycle are configured.
  • the period length and the gap have a predefined set of values, and the values are preferably configured according to the coverage type.
  • the value of the Gap may be an element in the set of repeated transmission times used by the NB-PDCCH or the NB-PDSCH, such as 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, or an integer multiple of the radio frame, 10, 20, 30. , 40...
  • the NB-PDCCH also called NPDCCH, which refers to the physical downlink control channel of the NB-IoT
  • NPDCCH the physical downlink control channel of the NB-IoT
  • the value of the Gap may be an element in the set of repeated transmission times used by the NB-PDCCH or the NB-PDSCH, such as 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, or an integer multiple of the radio frame, 10, 20, 30. , 40...
  • Cell-level interval transmission is configured through the SIB, and all downlink channels are applicable, or only applicable to the NB-PDCCH and or NB-PDSCH of the public message.
  • the UE-level interval transmission is configured by RRC or DCI, for example, by RRC configuring NB-PDCCH and or NB-PDSCH, and configuring NB-PDSCH interval transmission by DCI.
  • Fixed period and fixed interval size and the fixed value is a power of 2 or an integer multiple of a radio frame or an integer multiple of 8.
  • the method for determining the scheduling timing interval of the foregoing embodiment may be applied to the terminal, or stand on.
  • a device for determining a scheduling interval is provided, which is used to implement the foregoing embodiments and preferred embodiments, and details are not described herein.
  • the term "module” may implement a combination of software and/or hardware of a predetermined function.
  • the apparatus described in the following embodiments is preferably implemented in software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware, is also possible and contemplated.
  • FIG. 5 is a structural block diagram of a device for determining a scheduling timing interval according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 5, the device includes:
  • the demodulation module 52 is configured to demodulate the narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH;
  • the determining module 54 is configured to determine a starting subframe of the scheduled narrowband downlink traffic channel NB-PDSCH or the narrowband uplink traffic channel NB-PUSCH by demodulating the narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH, where the starting subframe is determined The basis of the at least one of the following: the end subframe of the NB-PDCCH, the end subframe of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, the resource allocation in the scheduling window, and the scheduling timing interval indication.
  • the demodulation module 52 is configured to demodulate the narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH; the determining module 54 is configured to determine the scheduled narrowband downlink traffic channel NB-PDSCH or narrowband by demodulating the narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH.
  • the starting subframe of the uplink traffic channel NB-PUSCH solves the problem of how to determine the scheduling timing in the narrowband system, saves the indication overhead, and improves the resource use efficiency.
  • the demodulation module 52 and the determination module 54 may implement their respective functions individually or in combination to implement the functions of the apparatus.
  • a fixed scheduling timing interval is used.
  • the downlink control information DCI is adopted. Or implicitly determining the location of the NB-PDSCH in one physical resource block PRB.
  • the start subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is determined according to the end subframe of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, using a fixed scheduling timing interval or according to a scheduling timing interval, where The scheduling timing interval indicates a starting subframe indicating the end subframe of the search space in which the NB-PDCCH is located to the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH.
  • the set of the scheduling timing interval used is a finite value
  • the values of the elements in the set of values are consecutive or spaced, and the set of values is fixed or configured by the system information block SIB or the radio access control RRC, where the scheduling timing interval indication indicates that the end subframe of the NB-PDCCH is The starting subframe of the NB-PDSCH or NB-PUSCH.
  • the scheduling timing interval indication includes one of the following modes: a single indication, and two levels of Show,
  • the single indication indicates a scheduling timing interval by a single parameter
  • the first level indication of the two-level indication is a single indication parameter
  • the second level indication of the two-level indication indicates that the offset value is again indicated on the basis of the first level indication.
  • the set of offset values is a finite value, and the set of values is fixed or configured by SIB or RRC.
  • the value of the element in the set of values includes at least one of the following manners:
  • x is at least one of the set ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, ..., 20 ⁇ ;
  • An integer multiple of the length of the wireless frame such as ⁇ 10, 20, 30, 40, ... ⁇ ;
  • the control channel occupies an integer multiple of the number of subframes; k x 2 x , where k is a positive integer greater than or greater than zero.
  • the maximum value determining manner of the element in the value set includes at least one of: a scheduling window or a scheduling period or a length of a resource allocation period, a fixed value or a unique value of a base station configuration, respectively, according to different coverage levels. Determining, determining according to at least one of the coverage levels, determining according to the uplink single carrier transmission, and determining according to the uplink subcarrier spacing.
  • the maximum value determining manner of the element in the value set includes at least one of: a scheduling window or a scheduling period or a length of a resource allocation period, a fixed value or a unique value of a base station configuration, respectively, according to different coverage levels. Determining, determining according to at least one of the coverage levels, determining according to the uplink single carrier transmission, and determining according to the uplink subcarrier spacing.
  • the maximum value determining manner of the elements in the value set includes at least one of the following: a scheduling window or a scheduling period or a length of a resource allocation period, that is, a maximum value of an element in the value set is equal to or not greater than a scheduling window or The length of the period; the unique value of the fixed or base station configuration, that is, the maximum value in the set of values is a unique value; determined according to different coverage levels, respectively, the maximum values corresponding to different coverage levels are different; determined according to at least one of the coverage levels That is, the maximum values corresponding to different coverage levels are allowed to be the same at this time, for example, the maximum values corresponding to coverage levels 0 and 1 are the same, and the maximum values corresponding to coverage levels 2 and 3 are the same; determined according to uplink single carrier transmission, that is, uplink single carrier transmission The corresponding maximum value is different from the maximum value corresponding to the uplink multi-carrier transmission; according to the uplink sub-carrier spacing, for example, the maximum value corresponding to the
  • the scheduling timing interval is an arbitrary value smaller than the window length of the scheduling window, where
  • the resource allocation in the scheduling window uses a continuous resource allocation of no more than X PRBs or subframes, where X is smaller than the scheduling window length, X is preferably 6, and the scheduling timing interval is the ending subframe of the NB-PDCCH to the NB-PDSCH.
  • the starting subframe of the NB-PUSCH uses a continuous resource allocation of no more than X PRBs or subframes, where X is smaller than the scheduling window length, X is preferably 6, and the scheduling timing interval is the ending subframe of the NB-PDCCH to the NB-PDSCH.
  • scheduling window may also be represented by other terms, such as a scheduling period, a resource allocation period, a resource allocation range, and the like.
  • the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH when the initial subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is determined according to the resource allocation in the scheduling window, the NB-PDSCH or the NB is jointly determined according to the offset value dynamically indicated by the DCI. -PUSCH occupation
  • the sub-frame resources span the scheduling window or only within the scheduling window.
  • the coverage enhancement scenario uses the resource allocation determined resource to repeatedly transmit R times
  • at least one of the following manners is adopted: based on resource allocation in the scheduling window, only R times are repeatedly transmitted between the scheduling windows; Based on resource allocation in the scheduling window, Rin times are repeatedly transmitted in the scheduling window, and Rout times are repeated between the scheduling windows, wherein at least one of R, Rin, and Rout is notified by RRC or SIB or DCI, R, Rin And Rout are both positive integers.
  • the NB-PDCCH when the NB-PDCCH repeatedly transmits the R times, at least one of the following manners is included: when R is not greater than or less than Rx, the transmission is repeated only R times in the scheduling window; when R is greater than Rx, Repeatedly transmitting R times only between the scheduling windows; when R is greater than Rx, Rin times are repeatedly transmitted in the scheduling window, and Rout times are repeated between the scheduling windows, wherein at least one of R, Rin, Rout, and Rx is used by RRC. , SIB or DCI notification, Rx, R, Rin and Rout are positive integers.
  • the R, Rin, Rout, and Rx value determining manners include at least one of the following:
  • At least one of R, Rin, Rout, and Rx takes a value of 2 x , where x is at least one of the set ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, ..., 20 ⁇ ;
  • At least one of R, Rin, and Rout is determined to be a different fixed value according to different coverage levels, or one or a set of values is configured by the base station, and the specific value is notified in the DCI when configured as a set of values;
  • Rx and/or Rin are determined according to at least one of a coverage level, a scheduling window length, and a maximum number of repetitions.
  • Rx and Rin are determined to be 4 according to the regular coverage; or Rx and or Rin are determined to be not greater than the value of the scheduling window according to the scheduling window length; or Rx and or Rin are determined to be not greater than the scheduling window length and the maximum number of repetitions. The value of the scheduling window length and the maximum number of repetitions;
  • the NB-PDSCH repeats transmission in 8 scheduling windows and repeats transmission 4 times in the scheduling window.
  • the NB-PDSCH occupies consecutive subframes in the time domain, and the manner of determining the number of consecutive subframes includes at least one of the following:
  • the manner in which the NB-PDCCH occupies resources in a narrowband control channel unit NB-CCE used in one PRB pair or one subframe includes one of the following:
  • the NB-CCE occupies different resources in a subframe or an OFDM symbol according to different cell IDs.
  • the NB-CCE pattern used by different cells uses different specific resources in the above multiple resource occupation modes or the same resource occupation mode.
  • the PRB pair specifically includes 12 subcarriers in the frequency domain and 12 or 14 OFDM symbols in the time domain. Among them, 14 OFDM symbols use normal CP, and 12 OFDM symbols use Extended CP.
  • the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located includes one or more aggregation levels, and the manner of determining the number of candidate sets corresponding to the different repetition times of the aggregation level includes at least one of the following:
  • the number of candidate sets for different aggregation levels at different repetition times is 1;
  • Different aggregation levels have different number of candidate sets at different repetition times
  • the number of candidate sets corresponding to aggregation level 1 is greater than one;
  • the number of the candidate sets corresponding to the non-maximum number of repetitions is greater than one;
  • the number of candidate sets is equal to 1, and when the number of repetitions is less than or less than or equal to Rx, the number of candidate sets is greater than one.
  • the scheduling window length is determined according to at least one of a length of a resource unit, a scheduling timing interval, and a discontinuous transmission interval, and the scheduling window length is configured by the eNB through SIB or RRC, or a fixed length.
  • the determination method includes at least one of the following:
  • the length is greater than at least one of a length of a resource unit, a scheduling timing interval, and a discontinuous transmission interval;
  • the length is an integer multiple of at least one of a length of a resource unit, a scheduling timing interval, and a discontinuous transmission interval;
  • the length satisfies 2 x , where x is at least one of the concentrations ⁇ 1, 2, 3, ..., 20 ⁇ ;
  • This length satisfies an integer multiple of the length of the radio frame.
  • the length of the uplink scheduling window is the same as that of the downlink scheduling window, and is fixed or unified.
  • the uplink scheduling window length and the downlink scheduling window are independently configured or take different fixed values.
  • the window length is an integer multiple of 32, and preferably the window length is at least one of the set ⁇ 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 768, 1024, 1280, 1536, 1792, 2048 ⁇ .
  • the starting subframe of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located is determined according to at least one of a scheduling window length, an offset value, a maximum repetition number Rmax, and a resource allocation period.
  • the starting subframe position, the position of the starting subframe plus the offset value, or the starting subframe minus the offset is an integer multiple of T, wherein the offset value is not greater than the scheduling window length, wherein the period T is a scheduling window length, a scheduling period or a resource allocation period, or a scheduling window length, a scheduling period, or a resource allocation period. Integer multiple.
  • offset value offset is less than the window length 1/2, 1/4.
  • the value of the predefined or base station configuration such as 0, 1, 2, 3.
  • n s represents the slot number
  • SFN is the radio frame number
  • k represents the starting subframe
  • N represents the scheduling window length or an integer multiple of the scheduling window length
  • offset represents the offset value
  • the NB-CCE specifically occupied by the NB-PDCCH in one PRB pair or one subframe includes one of the following modes:
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the NB-CCE occupying the same consecutive 6 subcarriers in all OFDM symbols according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention, occupying The same consecutive 6 subcarriers include: occupying the first 6 or the last 6 of the subcarriers 0-11 in all OFDM symbols (as shown in FIG. 6).
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the NB-CCE occupying the same non-contiguous 6 subcarriers in all OFDM symbols according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention, occupying the same non-contiguous 6 subcarriers including: (1) occupying odd subcarriers or even numbers Subcarrier (as shown in Figure 7); (2) equally spaced between 12 subcarriers with 2 or 3 consecutive subcarriers, such as NB-CCE#0 occupying subcarriers ⁇ 0, 1, 4, 5, 8, 9 ⁇ or ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 6, 7, 8 ⁇ . (3) Non-continuous occupation between 12 subcarriers with 2 or 4 consecutive subcarriers, such as NB-CCE#0 occupying subcarriers ⁇ 0, 1, 4, 5, 6, 7 ⁇ or ⁇ 0, 1, 6, 7 8,9,9 ⁇ .
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the NB-CCE occupying different non-contiguous 6 subcarriers in different OFDM symbols according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention, two
  • the RE used by the NB-CCE can ensure that the SFBC pair is a neighboring RE, but the NB-CCE does not occupy six consecutive subcarriers, as shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 9 is a NB-CCE occupying different consecutive 6 subcarriers in different OFDM symbols according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. 1 is shown in FIG. 9; FIG.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram 2 of the NB-CCE occupying different consecutive 6 subcarriers in different OFDM symbols according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention, and the OFDM symbols in slot 0 use the same 6
  • the OFDM symbol in slot 1 uses another 6 subcarriers, as shown in FIG.
  • One part of the OFDM symbols uses the same 6 subcarriers, and the other part of the OFDM symbols uses the other 6 subcarriers.
  • the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located includes one or more aggregation levels, and the manner of determining the number of candidate sets corresponding to the different repetition times of the aggregation level includes at least one of the following:
  • the number of candidate sets is equal to 1, and when the number of repetitions is less than or less than or equal to Rx, the number of candidate sets is greater than one.
  • ⁇ L, R, number of candidate sets ⁇ [ ⁇ 1, R1, 8 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R2, 4 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R3, 1 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R4, 1 ⁇ , ⁇ 2, R1, 8 ⁇ , ⁇ 2, R2, 4 ⁇ , ⁇ 2, R3, 1 ⁇ , ⁇ 2, R4, 1 ⁇ ] or [ ⁇ 2, R1, 8 ⁇ , ⁇ 2, R2, 4 ⁇ , ⁇ 2, R3, 1 ⁇ , ⁇ 2, R4, 1 ⁇ ] or [ ⁇ 2, R1, 8 ⁇ , ⁇ 2, R2, 1 ⁇ , ⁇ 2, R3, 1 ⁇ , ⁇ 2, R4, 1 ⁇ ] or [ ⁇ 1, 1,8 ⁇ , ⁇ 2,1,4 ⁇ , ⁇ 2,2,1 ⁇ , ⁇ 2,4,1 ⁇ ] or [ ⁇ 1,1,8 ⁇ , ⁇ 2,1,1 ⁇ , ⁇ 2, 2,1 ⁇ , ⁇ 2,
  • the number of candidate sets is greater than 1 to occupy the search space or to fill the search space as much as possible, and the number of candidate sets corresponding to different aggregation levels is the same, or the number of candidate sets corresponding to the small aggregation level is a large aggregation level.
  • a multiple of the number of corresponding candidate sets for example, the number of candidate sets corresponding to the aggregation level 1 is a multiple of the number of candidate sets corresponding to the aggregation level 2
  • the number of candidate sets is greater than one.
  • R is at least one of the set ⁇ 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256 ⁇ .
  • ⁇ L, R, number of candidate sets ⁇ [ ⁇ 2, R1, 8 ⁇ , ⁇ 2, R2, 4 ⁇ , ⁇ 2, R3, 2 ⁇ , ⁇ 2, R4, 1 ⁇ ]
  • ⁇ L, R, number of candidate sets ⁇ [ ⁇ 1, R1, 8 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R2, 4 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R3, 2 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R4, 1 ⁇
  • the number of repetitions is a non-maximum repetition number, and the specific number of candidate sets is configured by RRC or SIB signaling.
  • the number of candidate sets for all R is 1.
  • composition of several search spaces is as follows: (where AL1 has a number of candidate sets greater than 1, preferably a frequency domain after the time domain)
  • ⁇ L, R, number of candidate sets ⁇ [ ⁇ 2, R1, 4 ⁇ , ⁇ 2, R2, 2 ⁇ , ⁇ 2, R3, 1 ⁇ , ⁇ 2, R4, 1 ⁇ ]
  • ⁇ L, R, number of candidate sets ⁇ [ ⁇ 2, R1, 8 ⁇ , ⁇ 2, R2, 4 ⁇ , ⁇ 2, R3, 1 ⁇ , ⁇ 2, R4, 1 ⁇ ]
  • ⁇ L, R, number of candidate sets ⁇ [ ⁇ 2, R1, 8 ⁇ , ⁇ 2, R2, 1 ⁇ , ⁇ 2, R3, 1 ⁇ , ⁇ 2, R4, 1 ⁇ ]
  • ⁇ L, R, number of candidate sets ⁇ [ ⁇ 1, R1, 8 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R2, 4 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R3, 2 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R4, 1 ⁇
  • ⁇ L, R, number of candidate sets ⁇ [ ⁇ 1, R1, 8 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R2, 1 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R3, 1 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R4, 1 ⁇
  • ⁇ L, R, number of candidate sets ⁇ [ ⁇ 1, R1, 8 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R2, 4 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R3, 1 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R4, 1 ⁇
  • ⁇ L, R, number of candidate sets ⁇ [ ⁇ 1, R1, 4 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R2, 2 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R3, 1 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R4, 1 ⁇
  • ⁇ L, R, number of candidate sets ⁇ [ ⁇ 1, R1, 2 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R2, 1 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R3, 1 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R4, 1 ⁇
  • ⁇ L, R, number of candidate sets ⁇ [ ⁇ 1, R1, 2 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R2, 2 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R3, 2 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R4, 2 ⁇
  • ⁇ L, R, number of candidate sets ⁇ [ ⁇ 1, R1, 1 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R2, 1 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R3, 1 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, R4, 1 ⁇
  • R1 to R4 are exemplified above, and other numbers of repetition numbers such as R1-R2 and R1-R8 may be used.
  • the candidate set should be as much as possible, such as occupying or filling up the search space as much as possible. Possible location, while not increasing the maximum number of blind checks relative to the LTE system.
  • the number of specific candidate sets is:
  • the k value is implicitly determined by Resource Allocation (RA).
  • the scheduling window size (window length) or scheduling period size is T ms, and the T value is fixed or configured by the base station.
  • K preferably aggregates elements in ⁇ 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128 ⁇ or sets ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 ⁇ .
  • An integer number of upstream resource units can be included in the schedule window at a time.
  • the uplink resource units are all 2. ⁇ x ms in time, and x is a set ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 5 ⁇ .
  • the possible window length is at least one of the set ⁇ 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 768, 1024, 1280, 1536, 1792, 2048 ⁇ .
  • the SIB message may be configured to use the same window length in the cell, or the RRC message may be used to independently configure the window length for each UE in the cell.
  • the search space where the downlink control channel is located is configured by the base station, and different search spaces are concentrated in the first X subframes in the scheduling window.
  • the resource allocation bit field is 8 bits), which implements any starting position and occupancy in the scheduling window.
  • the resource allocation indicates the number and position of consecutive subframes occupied in the scheduling window on the time domain.
  • the scheduling timing interval k does not need to be indicated, and the PDSCH resource allocation in the window is implicitly determined, that is, the starting subframe of the NB-PDSCH is the first subframe in the contiguous subframe occupied by the NB-PDSCH determined by the resource allocation, and FIG. 11 is The scheduling timing interval according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention is implicitly determined by a resource allocation within a scheduling window or scheduling period, as shown in FIG.
  • the scheduling timing interval k can achieve any value within the length of the scheduling window. Moreover, without separate indication, the characteristics of the resource allocation type 2 are used, and the starting subframe position and the number of subframe occupations are jointly coded, which saves control signaling overhead.
  • the k value is implicitly determined by the RA. It is possible that one TB block of the NB-PDSCH exceeds the window length.
  • one TB block of the downlink service that may occur in Embodiment 1 exceeds the window length.
  • T the largest subframe occupied by the TB block, but since the USS/CSS occupies the first X subframes, the number of subframes occupied by the allocated NB-PDSCH exceeds the window length T.
  • T the largest subframe occupied by the TB block, but since the USS/CSS occupies the first X subframes, the number of subframes occupied by the allocated NB-PDSCH exceeds the window length T.
  • T the largest subframe occupied by the TB block, but since the USS/CSS occupies the first X subframes, the number of subframes occupied by the allocated NB-PDSCH exceeds the window length T.
  • Base station scheduling implementation That is, the scheduled NB-PDSCH is only flexibly scheduled according to available resources within the scope of the scheduling window. (The existing LTE also has this problem. The TB blocks of different PDSCHs cannot always occupy the largest number of PRBs, and there are cases where the number of PRBs is insufficient.)
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of the scheduling timing interval being determined by the resource allocation in the scheduling window or the scheduling period and combined with the dynamic offset value according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention, as shown in FIG. .
  • the value of m is the starting position of RA and the backward +m is taken as the actual starting position. That is, the RA is still the resource allocation within the scheduling window, but the result of the resource allocation can be offset by m subframes.
  • this further increases the flexibility of scheduling and reduces the limitation of resource allocation within the window. Additional signaling overhead is added to indicate the offset value. It should be additionally noted that in the next scheduling window, the USS/CSS configuration is determined by the base station, and is not necessarily occupied from the first subframe in the scheduling window.
  • the frequency domain indication includes two modes: one is an implicit indication, that is, the frequency domain subcarrier in which the NB-PDSCH is located is located in the same sub-station as the NB-CCE. The subcarrier position; the other is to directly indicate the frequency domain location through the bit field in the DCI.
  • the NB-PDSCH minimum resource unit is one PRB.
  • Fixed k caused a waste of control resources or NB-PDSCH collision.
  • a variable value of k is required.
  • the base station configures a starting subframe of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, and the terminal can detect its own NB-PDCCH in the corresponding search space according to the starting subframe of the search space.
  • the end subframe n of the NB-PDCCH can be determined.
  • the starting subframe of the corresponding NB-PDSCH is n+k. Since there is no scheduling window to limit the resource allocation range, it is necessary to indicate the starting subframe of the NB-PDSCH and the number of occupied subframes.
  • FIG. 13 is the scheduling timing interval determined by the DCI dynamic indication according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. Schematic 1, as shown in Figure 13.
  • range of values of k includes one of the following conditions:
  • the number of subframes occupied by the NB-PDSCH can be any value within K.
  • the control overhead indicating the timing interval k is large.
  • the value of K requires a certain scheduling period, that is, similar to Embodiment 1, it is necessary to have one scheduling period, and k is indicated in the scheduling period.
  • K is at least one of a set ⁇ 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 768, 1024, 1280, 1536, 1792, 2048 ⁇ .
  • (2) k is a non-continuous value, that is, the range of k is a subset of (1), such as ⁇ 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64...K ⁇ or ⁇ 1, 2. 3, 5, 9, 17, 33...K ⁇ . K has the same meaning as above. Ensure a certain flexibility while reducing the indication signaling overhead.
  • the number of subframes occupied by the NB-PDSCH depends on the base station scheduling. For example, the value set of the NB-PDSCH is a continuous value, such as ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ⁇ ; or the number of subframes occupied by the NB-PDSCH is limited without wasting resources.
  • the number of consecutive subframes occupied by one TB block of the NB-PDSCH is also a non-contiguous set of values, such as ⁇ 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 ⁇ . That is, the timing interval k value set and the NB-PDSCH possible resource allocation size are mutually constrained. At this time, the maximum value in the k-value set also needs to be limited by a certain scheduling period. That is, similar to Embodiment 1, it is necessary to have one scheduling period, and k is indicated in the scheduling period.
  • k is a non-continuous value, that is, the value range of k is a subset in (1), such as ⁇ 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64...K ⁇ or ⁇ 1, 2. 3, 5, 9, 17, 33...K ⁇ .
  • K has the same meaning as above.
  • the end subframe position of the NB-PDCCH is an arbitrary position in the search space. Therefore, when the NB-PDSCH start subframe is indicated, in order not to limit the value set, a secondary indication is performed to indicate a corresponding offset value, for example, The k2 value set is ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3 ⁇ or ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 ⁇ , so that the NB-PDSCH value set is a continuous value.
  • the X bit is still required to indicate the number of subframes occupied by the PDSCH. If 3 bits are used, it indicates that the PDSCH occupies a resource allocation that is continuous and does not exceed 6 subframes/PRB.
  • N 6 or 10
  • the resource allocation of the NB-PDSCH is limited. Otherwise, a certain waste is allowed or a secondary timing indication is used to ensure that the NB-PDSCH resource allocation can use no more than N consecutive subframes. Any value.
  • n is the end of the search space.
  • n is the end subframe of the control region. (contains multiple search spaces)
  • the restricted set k is used for scheduling timing. If the starting subframe n+k of the NB-PDSCH is still determined according to the ending subframe n of the NB-PDCCH, the starting subframe determined by n+k is different because the different NB-PDCCH ends in the USS is different. The time domain is also different. In this case, the number of subframes occupied by the NB-PDSCH may no longer be a non-contiguous set of k values.
  • the number of NB-PDSCH occupied subframes still remains a limited set of values, so that the value range of k exceeds the set of restricted values. (Another possibility, the value of k is still a set of restricted values, and the number of subframes occupied by the NB-PDSCH exceeds the set of restricted values)
  • k Since the indication signaling is finite, k must be indicated in the restricted set of values. Since any sub-frame in the search space may be used as an n-subframe, the value of k is no longer a restricted set (regardless of whether the number of NB-PDSCH occupied sub-frames is a limited set of values), so the solution is as follows:
  • the search space is ⁇ 2, 4, 8 ⁇ or Rmax subframe (the search space configured by the Rmax base station through SIB or RRC)
  • the maximum number of repetitions of the downlink control channel is determined by the end subframe n of the USS.
  • the NB-PDSCH start subframe is n+k, and the timing interval k and the number of NB-PDSCH subframes can be guaranteed. Save control signaling overhead for a limited set of values.
  • the n subframes of different NB-PDSCHs are aligned to ensure that the timing interval k and the number of NB-PDSCH occupied subframes can be a limited set of values, which saves control signaling overhead.
  • No scheduling window fixed scheduling timing interval, using multiple narrowbands.
  • no scheduling window scheduling timing interval dynamic indication, using multiple narrowbands.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of the scheduling timing interval determined by a fixed value when using multiple narrowbands according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention, as shown in FIG.
  • the base station configures a start subframe and a narrowband position of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, and the terminal can determine the end subframe n of the NB-PDCCH according to the NB-PDCCH detected by the search space.
  • the starting subframe of the corresponding NB-PDSCH is n+k.
  • the DCI is demodulated, and the starting subframe of the NB-PDSCH is determined according to the fixed scheduling timing interval.
  • the NB-PDSCH is received according to the PRB narrowband position indicated by the DCI and the number of occupied subframes.
  • the scheduling timing interval k can also be notified by the DCI, which increases scheduling flexibility and facilitates resource alignment in different narrowbands.
  • k is the same as in Example 3.
  • the present embodiment can implement a fixed timing interval by scheduling a plurality of narrowbands to avoid dynamically notifying the scheduling timing interval. It is necessary to additionally indicate the narrowband position where the NB-PDSCH is located. In addition, using DCI to dynamically inform the NB-PDSCH starting subframe position can make scheduling more flexible and facilitate resource alignment in each narrowband.
  • the scheduling timing interval is implicitly determined, using multiple narrowbands.
  • the base station configures a starting subframe and a narrowband position of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, and the terminal detects its own NB-PDCCH in the search space, and determines the ending subframe n of the search space according to the search space configured by the base station.
  • the starting subframe of the corresponding NB-PDSCH is n+k.
  • the DCI is demodulated, and the starting subframe of the NB-PDSCH is determined according to the implicitly determined scheduling timing interval.
  • NB-PDSCH according to the PRB narrowband position indicated by the DCI and the number of occupied subframes Receive.
  • the present embodiment can implement a fixed timing interval by scheduling a plurality of narrowbands to avoid dynamically notifying the scheduling timing interval. It is necessary to additionally indicate the narrowband position where the NB-PDSCH is located.
  • the advantage compared with the embodiment 5 is that the resources occupied by the respective channels are aligned in the time domain, and each channel occupies the subframe length by a power of two.
  • Embodiment 7-9 is a method for determining an uplink scheduling timing interval.
  • the k value is implicitly determined by the RA.
  • the scheduling window or scheduling period is the same as in Embodiment 1.
  • the search space where the downlink control channel is located is configured by the base station, and different search spaces are concentrated in the first X subframes in the scheduling window.
  • resource allocation is used.
  • the resource allocation bit field is 8 bits), and the starting position and occupation of the integer multiple of RU in the scheduling window are implemented.
  • the resource allocation indicates the number of consecutive subframes and the frequency domain position in the scheduling window on the time domain.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of implicitly determining the scheduling timing interval by the resource allocation in the scheduling window or the scheduling period according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. Schematic diagram, as shown in Figure 16. That is, the starting subframe of the NB-PUSCH is the first subframe in the contiguous subframe occupied by the NB-PUSCH determined by the resource allocation.
  • the NB-PUSCH may be scheduled to occupy resources in the next scheduling window in consideration of the offset value; or the resource allocation may occupy multiple scheduling windows.
  • the scheduling timing interval k can achieve any value within the length of the scheduling window. And without separate indication, the resource allocation, the starting subframe position and the number of subframe occupations are jointly coded, which saves control signaling overhead.
  • NB-PUSCH supports subcarrier level scheduling.
  • Fixed k caused a waste of control resources or NB-PDSCH collision.
  • a variable value of k is required.
  • the base station configures a starting subframe of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, and the terminal can detect its own NB-PDCCH in the corresponding search space according to the starting subframe of the search space.
  • the end subframe n of the NB-PDCCH can be determined.
  • the starting subframe of the corresponding NB-PUSCH is n+k. Since there is no scheduling window to limit the resource allocation range, it is necessary to indicate the starting subframe of the NB-PUSCH, the number of occupied subframes, and the frequency domain location.
  • FIG. 17 is a second schematic diagram of the scheduling timing interval determined by the DCI dynamic indication, as shown in FIG. 17, in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
  • range of values of k includes one of the following conditions:
  • the number of subframes occupied by the NB-PUSCH can be any value within K.
  • the control overhead indicating the timing interval k is large.
  • the value of K requires a certain scheduling period, that is, similar to Embodiment 1, it is necessary to have one scheduling period, and k is indicated in the scheduling period.
  • K is at least one of the set ⁇ 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 768, 1024, 1280, 1536, 1792, 2048 ⁇ .
  • (2) k is a non-continuous value, that is, the range of k is a subset of (1), such as ⁇ 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64...K ⁇ or ⁇ 1, 2. 3, 5, 9, 17, 33...K ⁇ , K has the same meaning as above. Ensure a certain flexibility while reducing the indication signaling overhead.
  • the value of k is non-contiguous, the number of subframes occupied by the NB-PDSCH is actually limited. That is, the number of consecutive subframes occupied by one TB block of the NB-PUSCH is also a non-contiguous set of values, such as ⁇ 1 , 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 ⁇ . That is, the timing interval k value set and the NB-PDSCH possible resource allocation size are mutually constrained.
  • k is a non-continuous value, that is, the value range of k is a subset in (1), such as ⁇ 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64...K ⁇ or ⁇ 1, 2. 3, 5, 9, 17, 33...K ⁇ . K has the same meaning as above. Ensure a certain flexibility while reducing the indication signaling overhead.
  • the value of k is non-contiguous, the number of subframes occupied by the NB-PUSCH is actually limited. That is, the number of consecutive subframes occupied by one TB block of the NB-PDSCH is also a non-contiguous set of values, such as ⁇ 1 , 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 ⁇ .
  • the end subframe position of the NB-PDCCH is an arbitrary position in the search space. Therefore, when the NB-PDSCH start subframe is indicated, in order not to limit the value set, a secondary indication is performed, for example, the k2 value set is ⁇ 0. , 1, 2, 3 ⁇ or ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 ⁇ , so that the NB-PUSCH value set is a continuous value.
  • the X bit is still required to indicate the number of subframes occupied by the PDSCH. If 3 bits are used, it indicates that the PDSCH occupies a resource allocation that is continuous and does not exceed 6 subframes/PRB.
  • the used subframe n that determines the timing interval may also be the last subframe in the search space.
  • the feature of the scheme is that the scheduling timing interval k and the number of subframes occupied by the NB-PUSCH are directly indicated by the DCI, and an arbitrary value of k is required, and the control signaling overhead is large.
  • the timing interval k and the number of NB-PUSCH occupied subframes can be a limited set of values, which saves control signaling overhead.
  • the scheduling timing interval takes a fixed value according to the NB-PDCCH end subframe, and uses multiple narrowbands.
  • scheduling timing interval is implicitly determined.
  • a fixed value is used according to the end of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, and multiple narrowbands are used.
  • the scheduling timing interval is indicated by DCI, and multiple narrowbands are used.
  • NB-PUSCH supports subcarrier level scheduling.
  • the scheduling timing interval k is implicitly determined or indicated by the DCI.
  • the narrowband time scheduling timing interval is determined by a fixed subframe offset value of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located or dynamically indicated by the DCI, as shown in FIG. 18.
  • the indication by the DCI includes: the timing interval determines the starting subframe n+k of the NB-PUSCH according to the ending subframe n of the NB-PDCCH, where k is indicated by the DCI, and the non-fixed value has a set of values, as shown in FIG. .
  • the base station configures the start subframe and the narrowband position of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, and the terminal detects its own NB-PDCCH in the search space, (1) according to the end subframe n of the NB-PDCCH, and the corresponding NB-
  • the starting subframe of the PUSCH is n+k, and k is a fixed value.
  • the end subframe n of the search space is determined according to the search space configured by the base station. At this time, the starting subframe of the corresponding NB-PUSCH is n+k, and k is a fixed value.
  • the scheduling timing interval k is determined according to the bit field in the DCI.
  • the DCI is demodulated according to (1) fixed; (2) implicitly determined; (3) the bit field dynamic indication in the DCI determines the scheduling timing interval, thereby determining the start of the NB-PUSCH Subframe.
  • the NB-PUSCH is received according to the PRB narrowband position indicated by the DCI and the number of occupied subframes and the frequency domain position.
  • the present embodiment can implement fixed or variable timing intervals by scheduling multiple narrowbands, avoiding dynamic notification of scheduling timing intervals or ensuring resource alignment by dynamic notification flexible scheduling. It is necessary to additionally indicate the narrowband position where the NB-PDSCH is located. Each channel occupies a sub-frame length with a power of two.
  • the method according to the above embodiment can be implemented by means of software plus a necessary general hardware platform, and of course, by hardware, but in many cases, the former is A better implementation.
  • the technical solution of the present invention which is essential or contributes to the prior art, may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, disk,
  • the optical disc includes a number of instructions for causing a terminal device (which may be a mobile phone, a computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to perform the method of various embodiments of the present invention.
  • each of the above modules may be implemented by software or hardware.
  • the foregoing may be implemented by, but not limited to, the foregoing modules are all located in the same processor; or, the modules are located in multiple In the processor.
  • Embodiments of the present invention also provide a storage medium.
  • the foregoing storage medium may be configured to store program code for performing the following steps:
  • S2 Determine a scheduled narrowband downlink traffic channel NB-PDSCH or a start subframe of a narrowband uplink traffic channel NB-PUSCH by demodulating the narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH, and use the starting subframe as a scheduling timing interval.
  • a starting point where the basis for determining the starting subframe includes at least one of: an ending subframe of the NB-PDCCH, an ending subframe of a search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, a resource allocation in a scheduling window, and a scheduling timing interval.
  • the foregoing storage medium may include, but not limited to, a USB flash drive, a Read-Only Memory (ROM), a Random Access Memory (RAM), a mobile hard disk, and a magnetic memory.
  • ROM Read-Only Memory
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • a mobile hard disk e.g., a hard disk
  • magnetic memory e.g., a hard disk
  • the processor performs the method steps of the foregoing embodiments according to the stored program code in the storage medium.
  • modules or steps of the present invention described above can be implemented by a general-purpose computing device that can be centralized on a single computing device or distributed across a network of multiple computing devices. Alternatively, they may be implemented by program code executable by the computing device such that they may be stored in the storage device by the computing device and, in some cases, may be different from the order herein.
  • the steps shown or described are performed, or they are separately fabricated into individual integrated circuit modules, or a plurality of modules or steps thereof are fabricated as a single integrated circuit module.
  • the invention is not limited to any specific combination of hardware and software.
  • the foregoing technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention may be applied to determine a scheduled narrowband downlink downlink traffic channel NB-PDSCH or a narrowband uplink traffic channel NB- by demodulating a narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH in a process of determining a scheduling timing interval.
  • a start subframe of the PUSCH where the basis for determining the start subframe includes at least one of: an end subframe of the NB-PDCCH, an end subframe of a search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, and a scheduling window
  • the resource allocation and scheduling timing interval indication solves the problem of how to determine the scheduling timing in the narrowband system, saves the indication overhead, improves the resource usage efficiency, and solves the problem of resource waste caused by the resource imbalance caused by the fixed timing interval, and solves the problem. Blocking problem with continuous transmission.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a method and apparatus for determining a schedule timing interval. The method comprises: demodulating a narrowband physical downlink control channel (NB-PDCCH) to determine a starting subframe of a scheduled narrowband downlink service channel (NB-PDSCH) or narrowband uplink service channel (NB-PUSCH), wherein the basis for determining the starting sub frame comprises at least one of the following: an ending subframe of the NB-PDCCH, an ending sub frame of a search space in which the NB-PDCCH is located, resource allocation within a scheduling window and a schedule timing interval instruction. By means of the technical solutions, the problem of how to determine scheduling timing in a narrowband system is solved, the instruction overheads are saved, and the resource usage efficiency is improved.

Description

调度定时间隔的确定方法及装置Method and device for determining scheduling timing interval 技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及通信领域,具体而言,涉及一种调度定时间隔的确定方法及装置。The present invention relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a method and apparatus for determining a scheduling timing interval.
背景技术Background technique
机器类型通信(Machine Type Communication,简称为MTC)又称机器到机器(Machine to Machine,简称为M2M),窄带物联网(NarrowBand Internet of Things,简称为NB-IoT)是目前物联网的主要应用形式。该类通信系统特点通常是相较于长期演进(Long Term Evolution,简称为LTE)系统来看带宽较窄,如1.4MHz、200kHz等;用户终端或设备(User Equipment,简称为UE)数量多,包括传统手持终端以及机器、传感器终端等;具有覆盖提升需求,包括覆盖提升15dB或20dB。Machine Type Communication (MTC), also known as Machine to Machine (M2M), Narrow Band Internet of Things (NB-IoT) is the main application form of the Internet of Things. . The characteristics of the communication system are generally narrower than that of the Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, such as 1.4 MHz, 200 kHz, etc.; the number of user terminals or devices (User Equipment, UE for short) is large. Including traditional handheld terminals as well as machines, sensor terminals, etc.; with coverage enhancement requirements, including coverage improvement of 15dB or 20dB.
目前NB-IoT系统存在三种工作场景(位于LTE系统频带内In-band、位于LTE系统的保护带guard-band、独立使用频带standalone)。该类通信系统通常要求既可以独立工作,也可以与LTE系统共存。其中NB-IoT的发射带宽与下行链路子载波间隔分别为180kHz和15kHz,分别与LTE系统一个物理资源块(Physical Resource Block,简称为PRB)的带宽和子载波间隔相同,有利于在NB-IoT系统中重用现有LTE系统的有关设计,当NB-IoT系统重用的GSM频谱与LTE系统的频谱相邻时,也有利于降低两个系统的相互干扰。At present, there are three working scenarios in the NB-IoT system (in-band in the LTE system band, guard-band in the LTE system, and standalone in the independent band). Such communication systems typically require either independent operation or coexistence with an LTE system. The transmission bandwidth and the downlink subcarrier spacing of the NB-IoT are 180 kHz and 15 kHz, respectively, which are the same as the bandwidth and subcarrier spacing of one physical resource block (Physical Resource Block, PRB) of the LTE system, respectively, which is beneficial to the NB-IoT. In the system, the related design of the existing LTE system is reused. When the GSM spectrum reused by the NB-IoT system is adjacent to the spectrum of the LTE system, it is also beneficial to reduce mutual interference between the two systems.
在相关技术中,LTE系统中分别使用下行授权(DownLink grant,简称为DL grant)和上行授权(UpLink grant,简称为UL grant)调度终端的下行数据传输和上行数据传输。其中DL grant和UL grant统称为下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,简称为DCI),使用物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,简称为PDCCH)或增强物理下行控制信道(Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel,简称为EPDCCH)承载。下行数据承载在下行业务信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,简称为PDSCH)中,上行数据承载在上行业务信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,简称为PUSCH)中。LTE系统中PDCCH使用系统带宽中前1-4个正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,简称OFDM)符号中的资源,以控制信道单元(Control Channel Element,简称CCE)为基本聚合资源粒度,传输方式使用发送分集。EPDCCH使用系统带宽中的部分PRB中的资源,以增强控制信道单元(Enhanced Control Channel Element,简称ECCE)为基本聚合资源粒度,传输方式使用集中式传输或分布式传输。In the related art, the LTE system uses a Downlink grant (DL grant) and an Uplink grant (UL grant) to schedule downlink data transmission and uplink data transmission of the terminal. The DL grant and the UL grant are collectively referred to as Downlink Control Information (DCI), and the physical downlink control channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH for short) or the Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel). Hosted for EPDCCH). The downlink data is carried in the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH), and the uplink data is carried in the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH). In the LTE system, the PDCCH uses the resources in the first 1-4 Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols in the system bandwidth, and the Control Channel Element (CCE) is used as the basic aggregate resource granularity. The transmission method uses transmit diversity. The EPDCCH uses resources in a part of the PRBs in the system bandwidth to enhance the Control Channel Element (ECCE) as the basic aggregate resource granularity, and the transmission mode uses centralized transmission or distributed transmission.
在相关技术中,由于下行控制信道搜索空间位于系统带宽的前1-4个OFDM符号中,增强下行控制信所使用的聚合等级仅存在与一个子帧中,子帧中部分PRB组成搜索空间频域集合。因此对于频域带宽仅有1个PRB的NB-IoT窄带系统而言,其控制信道会在1个或多个子帧中占用资源。上下行调度定时间隔均是固定定时间隔,但是窄带系统中上行业务信道和下行业务信道也将在时域上占用多个子帧,此时使用固定定时间隔将会导致不同终端的业务 信道发生碰撞。如何确定1个PRB大小的窄带系统中上行调度定时和下行调度定时,目前还缺乏一个有效的解决方案。In the related art, since the downlink control channel search space is located in the first 1-4 OFDM symbols of the system bandwidth, the aggregation level used by the enhanced downlink control signal exists only in one subframe, and the partial PRB in the subframe constitutes a search space frequency. Domain collection. Therefore, for an NB-IoT narrowband system with a frequency domain bandwidth of only 1 PRB, its control channel will occupy resources in one or more subframes. The uplink and downlink scheduling timing interval is a fixed timing interval, but the uplink traffic channel and the downlink traffic channel in the narrowband system will also occupy multiple subframes in the time domain. In this case, using a fixed timing interval will result in services of different terminals. The channel collides. How to determine the uplink scheduling timing and downlink scheduling timing in a narrowband system with a PRB size, there is currently no effective solution.
针对相关技术中,在窄带系统中如何确定调度定时的问题,目前还没有有效的解决方案。In view of the related art, how to determine the scheduling timing in a narrowband system, there is currently no effective solution.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供了一种调度定时间隔的确定方法及装置,以至少解决相关技术中使用固定定时间隔将会导致不同终端的业务信道发生碰撞的问题。The embodiment of the invention provides a method and a device for determining a scheduling timing interval, so as to at least solve the problem that the fixed timing interval in the related art will cause collision of traffic channels of different terminals.
根据本发明的一个实施例,提供了一种调度定时间隔的确定方法,包括:According to an embodiment of the present invention, a method for determining a scheduling timing interval is provided, including:
通过解调窄带物理下行控制信道NB-PDCCH,确定调度的窄带下行业务信道NB-PDSCH或者窄带上行业务信道NB-PUSCH的起始子帧,其中,确定所述起始子帧的依据包括以下至少之一:所述NB-PDCCH的结束子帧、所述NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的结束子帧、调度窗内的资源分配、调度定时间隔指示。Determine a starting subframe of the scheduled narrowband downlink traffic channel NB-PDSCH or the narrowband uplink traffic channel NB-PUSCH by demodulating the narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH, where the basis for determining the starting subframe includes at least the following One of: the end subframe of the NB-PDCCH, the end subframe of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, the resource allocation in the scheduling window, and the scheduling timing interval indication.
进一步地,在依据所述NB-PDCCH的结束子帧确定NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的所述起始子帧的情况下,使用固定的调度定时间隔。Further, in a case where the initial subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is determined according to the end subframe of the NB-PDCCH, a fixed scheduling timing interval is used.
进一步地,在一个物理资源块PRB对中支持多个NB-PDSCH时,使用所述固定的调度定时间隔确定所述NB-PDSCH的起始子帧的情况下,通过下行控制信息DCI或隐含确定方式指示所述NB-PDSCH在一个物理资源块PRB中的位置。Further, when a plurality of NB-PDSCHs are supported in one physical resource block PRB pair, when the initial subframe of the NB-PDSCH is determined by using the fixed scheduling timing interval, the downlink control information DCI or implicit is used. The determining mode indicates the location of the NB-PDSCH in one physical resource block PRB.
进一步地,所述NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的起始子帧根据NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的结束子帧确定时,使用固定的调度定时间隔或根据调度定时间隔指示,其中,所述调度定时间隔指示表示NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的结束子帧至NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的起始子帧。Further, when the start subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is determined according to the end subframe of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, using a fixed scheduling timing interval or according to a scheduling timing interval, where the scheduling timing The interval indication indicates the end subframe of the search space in which the NB-PDCCH is located to the start subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH.
进一步地,所述NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的起始子帧根据NB-PDCCH的结束子帧和调度定时间隔指示确定时,使用的调度定时间隔取值集合为有限值,所述取值集合中元素取值为连续的或间隔的,所述取值集合固定或由系统信息块SIB或无线接入控制RRC配置,其中,所述调度定时间隔指示表示所述NB-PDCCH的结束子帧至NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的起始子帧。Further, when the start subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is determined according to the end subframe of the NB-PDCCH and the scheduling timing interval indication, the set of the scheduling timing interval used is a finite value, and the value set is set. The value of the intermediate element is contiguous or intermittent, and the set of values is fixed or configured by a system information block SIB or a radio access control RRC, where the scheduling timing interval indication indicates that the end subframe of the NB-PDCCH is The starting subframe of the NB-PDSCH or NB-PUSCH.
进一步地,所述调度定时间隔指示包括以下方式之一:单一指示,以及两级指示,Further, the scheduling timing interval indication includes one of the following modes: a single indication, and two levels of indication,
其中,所述单一指示通过单一参数指示调度定时间隔,所述两级指示的第一级指示为单一指示参数,所述两级指示的第二级指示为所述第一级指示的基础上再次指示偏移值,所述偏移值取值集合为有限值,所述取值集合固定或由SIB或RRC配置。The single indication indicates a scheduling timing interval by a single parameter, the first level indication of the two level indication is a single indication parameter, and the second level indication of the two level indication is based on the first level indication again. The offset value is indicated, and the set of offset values is a finite value, and the set of values is fixed or configured by SIB or RRC.
进一步地,取值集合根据覆盖类型、搜索空间类型、DCI中指示的重复次数至少之一配置或隐含确定为不同的取值,所述取值集合包括以下至少之一:所述单一指示、两级指示中第一级指示、两级指示中第二级指示;其中,所述取值集合的取值对应的单位为物理子帧或 可用子帧或无线帧或业务信道的资源单元或传输时间间隔,其中,所述DCI中指示的重复次数包括以下至少之一:NB-PDSCH重复次数、NB-PUSCH重复次数、NB-PDCCH重复次数。Further, the value set is configured according to the coverage type, the search space type, and the number of repetitions indicated in the DCI, or implicitly determined to be different values, and the value set includes at least one of the following: the single indication, The first level indication in the two-level indication and the second level indication in the two-level indication; wherein the value corresponding to the value set is a physical subframe or The resource unit or the transmission time interval of the available subframe or the radio frame or the traffic channel, where the number of repetitions indicated in the DCI includes at least one of the following: NB-PDSCH repetition number, NB-PUSCH repetition number, NB-PDCCH repetition number .
进一步地,所述取值集合根据高层信令配置的最大重复次数Rmax或者DCI中指示的重复次数隐含确定为不同的取值时,所述不同的取值统一使用Rmax/i的倍数,其中,所述调度定时间隔使用相同的公因子表示,i为大于0的正整数,所述不同的取值包括以下方式至少之一:Further, when the value set is implicitly determined to be different according to the maximum number of repetitions Rmax configured in the high layer signaling or the number of repetitions indicated in the DCI, the different values uniformly use a multiple of Rmax/i, where The scheduling timing interval is represented by the same common factor, and i is a positive integer greater than 0, and the different values include at least one of the following manners:
使用一种Rmax/i的倍数;Use a multiple of Rmax/i;
使用至少两种Rmax/i的倍数。Use at least two multiples of Rmax/i.
进一步地,根据预设或配置的门限值Rmax=C,分别对于Rmax大于或者等于C时和Rmax小于C时,分别使用两组调度定时间隔的取值集合。Further, according to the preset or configured threshold value Rmax=C, when Rmax is greater than or equal to C and Rmax is less than C, respectively, the set of values of the two sets of scheduling timing intervals are respectively used.
进一步地,所述取值集合的取值包括以下至少之一:Further, the value of the set of values includes at least one of the following:
使用相同的Rmax/i的倍数,使用不同的公因子表示;Use the same multiple of Rmax/i, using different common factors;
使用不同的Rmax/i的倍数,使用相同的公因子表示;Use a different multiple of Rmax/i, using the same common factor representation;
一组不使用Rmax/i的倍数,另一组使用Rmax/i的倍数。One group does not use a multiple of Rmax/i, and the other group uses a multiple of Rmax/i.
进一步地,所述取值集合中元素的取值包括以下方式至少之一:Further, the value of the element in the set of values includes at least one of the following manners:
2x,其中x为集中{0、1、2、3、…、20}中至少之一;2 x , where x is at least one of the set {0, 1, 2, 3, ..., 20};
无线帧长度的整数倍;如{10、20、30、40、…};An integer multiple of the length of the wireless frame; such as {10, 20, 30, 40, ...};
一个传输块占用的子帧数的整数倍;如一个传输块最大占用6个子帧,则取值元素可能为{6、12、18、24、….};An integer multiple of the number of subframes occupied by a transport block; if a transport block occupies a maximum of 6 subframes, the value elements may be {6, 12, 18, 24, ....};
控制信道占用子帧数的整数倍;k×2x,其中k为大于或大于等于0的正整数。The control channel occupies an integer multiple of the number of subframes; k x 2 x , where k is a positive integer greater than or greater than zero.
进一步地,所述取值集合中元素的最大值确定方式包括以下至少之一:调度窗或调度周期或资源分配周期的长度,固定或基站配置的唯一值,根据不同覆盖等级分别确定,根据覆盖等级至少之一确定,根据上行单载波传输确定,根据上行子载波间隔确定。Further, the method for determining the maximum value of the elements in the set of values includes at least one of the following: a length of the scheduling window or the scheduling period or the resource allocation period, and a unique value of the fixed or base station configuration, which are respectively determined according to different coverage levels, according to the coverage. At least one of the levels is determined, determined according to the uplink single carrier transmission, and determined according to the uplink subcarrier spacing.
进一步地,所述NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的起始子帧根据所述调度窗内的资源分配确定时,调度定时间隔取值为小于所述调度窗的窗长的任意值,所述调度窗内资源分配使用不超过X个PRB或子帧的连续资源分配,其中,X取值小于调度窗长,所述调度定时间隔为所述NB-PDCCH的结束子帧至NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的起始子帧。Further, when the starting subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is determined according to the resource allocation in the scheduling window, the scheduling timing interval is an arbitrary value smaller than the window length of the scheduling window, and the scheduling is performed. The intra-window resource allocation uses a continuous resource allocation of no more than X PRBs or subframes, where the X value is smaller than the scheduling window length, and the scheduling timing interval is the end subframe of the NB-PDCCH to the NB-PDSCH or the NB- The starting subframe of the PUSCH.
进一步地,所述NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的所述起始子帧根据调度窗内的资源分配确定时,还根据DCI动态指示的偏移值联合确定,所述NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH占用的子帧资源跨越调度窗或仅在调度窗内。 Further, when the start subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is determined according to the resource allocation in the scheduling window, the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is jointly determined according to the offset value dynamically indicated by the DCI. The occupied subframe resources span the scheduling window or only within the scheduling window.
进一步地,在覆盖增强场景使用所述资源分配确定的资源重复传输R次时,包含以下方式至少之一:基于调度窗内的资源分配,仅在调度窗间重复传输R次;基于调度窗内的资源分配,在调度窗内重复传输Rin次,在调度窗间重复Rout次,其中,R、Rin和Rout中的至少之一,由RRC或SIB或DCI进行通知,R、Rin和Rout均为正整数。Further, when the coverage enhancement scenario uses the resource allocation determined resource to repeatedly transmit R times, at least one of the following manners: based on resource allocation in the scheduling window, only repeatedly transmitting R times between the scheduling windows; Resource allocation, repeating Rin times in the scheduling window, repeating Rout times between scheduling windows, wherein at least one of R, Rin, and Rout is notified by RRC or SIB or DCI, and R, Rin, and Rout are all A positive integer.
进一步地,所述NB-PDCCH重复传输R次数时,包含以下方式至少之一:在R不大于或小于Rx时,仅在调度窗内重复传输R次;在R大于Rx时,仅在调度窗间重复传输R次;在R大于Rx时,在调度窗内重复传输Rin次,在调度窗间重复Rout次,其中,R、Rin和Rout、Rx中的至少之一,由RRC、SIB或DCI进行通知,Rx、R、Rin和Rout均为正整数。Further, when the NB-PDCCH repeatedly transmits the R times, it includes at least one of the following manners: when R is not greater than or less than Rx, the transmission is repeated only R times in the scheduling window; when R is greater than Rx, only in the scheduling window Repeat R transmissions; when R is greater than Rx, Rin times are repeatedly transmitted in the scheduling window, and Rout times are repeated between scheduling windows, wherein at least one of R, Rin, Rout, and Rx is determined by RRC, SIB, or DCI. Notice that Rx, R, Rin, and Rout are all positive integers.
进一步地,所述R、Rin、Rout、Rx取值确定方式包括以下至少之一:Further, the determining manner of the R, Rin, Rout, and Rx values includes at least one of the following:
R、Rin、Rout和Rx中至少之一取值为2x,其中x为集中{0、1、2、3、…、20}中至少之一;At least one of R, Rin, Rout, and Rx takes a value of 2 x , where x is at least one of the set {0, 1, 2, 3, ..., 20};
R=Rin×Rout;R=Rin×Rout;
R、Rin和Rout中至少之一根据不同覆盖等级确定为不同的固定值,或由基站配置一个或一组值,且配置为一组值时具体取值在DCI中通知;At least one of R, Rin, and Rout is determined to be a different fixed value according to different coverage levels, or one or a set of values is configured by the base station, and the specific value is notified in the DCI when configured as a set of values;
Rx和/或Rin根据覆盖等级、调度窗长和最大重复次数中至少之一确定。Rx and/or Rin are determined according to at least one of a coverage level, a scheduling window length, and a maximum number of repetitions.
进一步地,所述NB-PDSCH在时域上占用连续子帧,所述占用连续子帧的数量的确定方式包括以下至少之一:Further, the NB-PDSCH occupies consecutive subframes in the time domain, and the manner of determining the number of consecutive subframes includes at least one of the following:
在预定指示范围内与所述起始子帧联合编码,使用连续资源分配;Coding with the starting subframe within a predetermined indication range, using continuous resource allocation;
在有限取值集合中单独指示,所述有限取值集合中元素为连续取值或间隔取值。The elements in the finite value set are consecutive values or interval values.
进一步地,所述NB-PDCCH在1个PRB对中或1个子帧使用的窄带控制信道单元NB-CCE占用资源的方式包括以下之一:Further, the manner in which the NB-PDCCH occupies resources in a narrowband control channel unit NB-CCE used in one PRB pair or one subframe includes one of the following:
在所有正交频分复用OFDM符号占用相同的连续或非连续的6个子载波;All OFDM symbols occupying the same continuous or non-contiguous 6 subcarriers in all orthogonal frequency division multiplexing;
在不同OFDM符号占用不同的非连续的6个子载波;Different non-contiguous 6 subcarriers are occupied in different OFDM symbols;
在不同OFDM符号占用不同的连续的6个子载波。Different consecutive 6 subcarriers are occupied in different OFDM symbols.
进一步地,所述NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间包括1个或多个聚合等级,并且不同所述聚合等级在不同重复次数对应的候选集数量确定方式包括以下至少之一:Further, the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located includes one or more aggregation levels, and the manner of determining the number of candidate sets corresponding to different aggregation times of different aggregation levels includes at least one of the following:
不同聚合等级在不同重复次数时的候选集数量均为1;The number of candidate sets for different aggregation levels at different repetition times is 1;
不同聚合等级在不同重复次数时的候选集数量不同;Different aggregation levels have different number of candidate sets at different repetition times;
聚合等级1对应的候选集数量大于1;The number of candidate sets corresponding to aggregation level 1 is greater than one;
非最大重复次数对应的所述候选集的数量大于1; The number of the candidate sets corresponding to the non-maximum number of repetitions is greater than one;
重复次数大于或大于等于门限值Rx时,所述候选集的数量等于1,重复次数小于或小于等于Rx时,所述候选集的数量大于1。When the number of repetitions is greater than or equal to the threshold value Rx, the number of candidate sets is equal to 1, and when the number of repetitions is less than or less than or equal to Rx, the number of candidate sets is greater than one.
进一步地,所述调度窗长度根据资源单元的长度、调度定时间隔、非连续传输间隔至少之一确定,调度窗长度由eNB通过SIB或RRC配置,或固定长度。确定方式包括以下至少之一:Further, the scheduling window length is determined according to at least one of a resource unit length, a scheduling timing interval, and a discontinuous transmission interval, and the scheduling window length is configured by the eNB through SIB or RRC, or a fixed length. The determination method includes at least one of the following:
所述长度大于资源单元的长度、调度定时间隔、非连续传输间隔至少之一;The length is greater than at least one of a length of a resource unit, a scheduling timing interval, and a discontinuous transmission interval;
所述长度为资源单元的长度、调度定时间隔、非连续传输间隔至少之一的整数倍;The length is an integer multiple of at least one of a length of a resource unit, a scheduling timing interval, and a discontinuous transmission interval;
所述长度满足2x,其中x为集中{1、2、3、…、20}中至少之一;The length satisfies 2 x , wherein x is at least one of the concentrations {1, 2, 3, ..., 20};
所述长度满足无线帧长的整数倍。The length satisfies an integer multiple of the length of the radio frame.
进一步地,上行调度窗长度与下行调度窗长度相同,固定或统一配置;或者,上行调度窗长与下行调度窗长独立配置或取不同的固定值。Further, the length of the uplink scheduling window is the same as the length of the downlink scheduling window, and is fixed or unified. Alternatively, the uplink scheduling window length and the downlink scheduling window are independently configured or take different fixed values.
进一步地,所述NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的起始子帧根据调度窗长、偏移值、最大重复次数Rmax和资源分配周期中至少之一确定。Further, the starting subframe of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located is determined according to at least one of a scheduling window length, an offset value, a maximum repetition number Rmax, and a resource allocation period.
进一步地,所述起始子帧根据周期T和偏移值offset确定时,起始子帧位置、起始子帧加上偏移值的位置或起始子帧减去偏移值的位置是T的整数倍的位置,其中,偏移值不大于调度窗长,其中,周期T为调度窗长,调度周期或资源分配周期,或者是调度窗长,调度周期或资源分配周期的整数倍。Further, when the starting subframe is determined according to the period T and the offset value offset, the starting subframe position, the position of the starting subframe plus the offset value, or the position of the starting subframe minus the offset value is The position of the integer multiple of T, wherein the offset value is not greater than the scheduling window length, wherein the period T is a scheduling window length, a scheduling period or a resource allocation period, or an integer multiple of a scheduling window length, a scheduling period, or a resource allocation period.
进一步地,所述起始子帧根据最大重复次数确定时,包括以下方式至少之一:Further, when the starting subframe is determined according to the maximum number of repetitions, at least one of the following manners is included:
所述起始子帧位于周期的第一个子帧,所述周期为Rmax的整数倍,其中,所述整数倍的取值为连续取值或间隔取值,连续取值例如{1、2、3、4…},间隔取值例如{1、2、4、8…};The initial subframe is located in the first subframe of the period, and the period is an integer multiple of Rmax, where the integer multiple is a continuous value or an interval value, and consecutive values are, for example, {1, 2 , 3, 4...}, the interval values are, for example, {1, 2, 4, 8...};
所述起始子帧位于周期的第一个子帧加偏移值offset,偏移值为Rmax除以i的整数倍,所述周期为Rmax的整数倍,其中,所述整数倍的取值为连续取值或间隔取值,连续取值例如{1、2、3、4…},间隔取值例如{1、2、4、8…}。The initial subframe is located in the first subframe of the period plus an offset value offset, and the offset value is Rmax divided by an integer multiple of i, and the period is an integer multiple of Rmax, where the integer multiple is taken For continuous values or intervals, the values are consecutive, for example, {1, 2, 3, 4...}, and the intervals are, for example, {1, 2, 4, 8...}.
进一步地,所述周期为Rmax的整数倍或非整数倍所确定的取值集合,或者所述周期为Rmax的整数倍或非整数倍再加上常数m所确定的取值集合包括以下至少之一:Further, the set of values determined by an integer multiple or a non-integer multiple of the period Rmax, or the set of values determined by adding an integer multiple or a non-integer multiple of the period Rmax plus a constant m includes at least the following One:
取值集合包括大于等于10的正整数;The set of values includes a positive integer greater than or equal to 10;
取值集合中不包含1;The value collection does not contain 1;
取值集合中包含大于1小于5的非正整数;The value set contains a non-positive integer greater than 1 and less than 5;
根据门限值Rmax=D区分不同的取值集合,其中,D为固定的常数或者高层信令配置的常数。 Different sets of values are distinguished according to the threshold value Rmax=D, where D is a fixed constant or a constant configured by a higher layer signaling.
进一步地,UE专用搜索空间USS与小区公用搜索空间CSS所对应的取值集合不同,所述取值集合包括以下至少之一:Further, the UE-specific search space USS is different from the value set corresponding to the cell common search space CSS, and the value set includes at least one of the following:
CSS的取值集合中不包含非正整数;The CSS value set does not contain a non-positive integer;
CSS的取值集合中最小值大于USS中取值集合中最小值;The minimum value in the CSS value set is greater than the minimum value in the USS value set;
CSS的取值集合中最大值大于USS中取值集合中最大值。The maximum value in the CSS value set is greater than the maximum value in the USS value set.
进一步地,所述NB-PDCCH或NB-PDSCH或NB-PUSCH重复传输时,由基站通过SIB通知其重复传输为连续传输或间隔/非连续传输,包括以下方式至少之一:Further, when the NB-PDCCH or NB-PDSCH or NB-PUSCH is repeatedly transmitted, the base station notifies the repeated transmission to continuous transmission or interval/discontinuous transmission through the SIB, including at least one of the following manners:
配置是否执行非连续传输,非连续传输方式隐含确定;Configure whether to perform discontinuous transmission, and the discontinuous transmission method implicitly determines;
配置非连续传输的间隔数量,间隔位置隐含确定;Configure the number of intervals for discontinuous transmission, and the interval position is implicitly determined;
配置预设的周期,以及周期内的间隔位置;Configure the preset period and the interval position within the period;
配置预设的周期,且周期大小等于间隔大小;Configure a preset period, and the period size is equal to the interval size;
固定周期和固定间隔大小,且固定值为2的幂次取值或无线帧的整数倍或8的整数倍。Fixed period and fixed interval size, and the fixed value is a power of 2 or an integer multiple of a radio frame or an integer multiple of 8.
进一步地,所述配置预设的周期,以及周期内的间隔位置时,所述周期和/或间隔的单位为子帧或Rmax/i的倍数,其中,所述周期和所述间隔大小分别配置或联合编码配置,其中,i为1至8中整数。Further, when the preset period is configured, and the interval position in the period, the unit of the period and/or interval is a sub-frame or a multiple of Rmax/i, wherein the period and the interval size are respectively configured. Or joint coding configuration, where i is an integer from 1 to 8.
进一步地,所述周期和周期内的间隔大小根据门限值确定的方式包括以下至少之一:Further, the manner in which the interval and the interval in the period are determined according to the threshold value includes at least one of the following:
所述周期的最大值小于或小于等于门限值;The maximum value of the period is less than or less than or equal to a threshold value;
所述间隔大小的最大值小于周期值;The maximum value of the interval size is less than the period value;
所述间隔大小的最大值小于门限值,其中,所述门限值为固定值或者高层信令配置的值。The maximum value of the interval size is less than a threshold value, wherein the threshold value is a fixed value or a value of a high layer signaling configuration.
根据本发明的另一个实施例,还提供了一种调度定时间隔的确定装置,包括:According to another embodiment of the present invention, a determining apparatus for scheduling a timing interval is further provided, including:
确定模块,设置为通过解调窄带物理下行控制信道NB-PDCCH,确定调度的窄带下行业务信道NB-PDSCH或者窄带上行业务信道NB-PUSCH的起始子帧,其中,确定所述起始子帧的依据包括以下至少之一:所述NB-PDCCH的结束子帧、所述NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的结束子帧、调度窗内的资源分配、调度定时间隔指示。a determining module, configured to determine a scheduled subframe of the scheduled narrowband downlink traffic channel NB-PDSCH or the narrowband uplink traffic channel NB-PUSCH by demodulating the narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH, where the starting subframe is determined The basis of the at least one of the following: an end subframe of the NB-PDCCH, an end subframe of a search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, a resource allocation in a scheduling window, and a scheduling timing interval indication.
在本发明实施例中,还提供了一种计算机存储介质,该计算机存储介质可以存储有执行指令,该执行指令用于执行上述实施例中的调度定时间隔的确定方法的实现。In an embodiment of the present invention, a computer storage medium is further provided, and the computer storage medium may store an execution instruction for performing the implementation of the determining method of the scheduling timing interval in the foregoing embodiment.
通过本发明实施例,通过解调窄带物理下行控制信道NB-PDCCH,确定调度的窄带下行业务信道NB-PDSCH或者窄带上行业务信道NB-PUSCH的起始子帧,其中,确定所述起始子帧的依据包括以下至少之一:所述NB-PDCCH的结束子帧、所述NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的结束子帧、调度窗内的资源分配、调度定时间隔指示,解决了在窄带系统中如何确定调度 定时的问题,节省了指示开销,提高了资源使用效率,解决了固定定时间隔造成的资源不对等导致资源浪费问题、解决了连续传输的阻塞问题。According to the embodiment of the present invention, the start subframe of the scheduled narrowband downlink traffic channel NB-PDSCH or the narrowband uplink traffic channel NB-PUSCH is determined by demodulating the narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH, wherein the initiator is determined The basis of the frame includes at least one of the following: the end subframe of the NB-PDCCH, the end subframe of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, the resource allocation in the scheduling window, and the scheduling timing interval indication, which are solved in the narrowband system. How to determine the schedule The timing problem saves the indication overhead, improves the resource usage efficiency, solves the problem of resource waste caused by the resource imbalance caused by the fixed timing interval, and solves the congestion problem of continuous transmission.
附图说明DRAWINGS
此处所说明的附图用来提供对本发明的进一步理解,构成本申请的一部分,本发明的示意性实施例及其说明用于解释本发明,并不构成对本发明的不当限定。在附图中:The drawings described herein are intended to provide a further understanding of the invention, and are intended to be a part of the invention. In the drawing:
图1是根据本发明实施例的一种调度定时间隔的确定方法的流程图;1 is a flowchart of a method for determining a scheduling timing interval according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图2是根据本发明的优选实施例的配置非连续传输的间隔数量,间隔位置隐含确定的示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of the number of intervals for configuring discontinuous transmission, implicitly determining the interval position, in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention;
图3是根据本发明的优选实施例的配置预设的周期,以及周期内的间隔位置的示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of a configuration preset period and an interval position within a period in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention;
图4是根据本发明的优选实施例的配置预设的周期,且周期大小等于间隔大小的示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of configuring a preset period, and the period size is equal to the interval size, in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention;
图5是根据本发明实施例的一种调度定时间隔的确定装置的结构框图;FIG. 5 is a structural block diagram of a determining apparatus for scheduling timing intervals according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图6是根据本发明的优选实施例的该NB-CCE在所有OFDM符号占用相同的连续的6个子载波的示意图;6 is a schematic diagram of the NB-CCE occupying the same consecutive 6 subcarriers in all OFDM symbols according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention;
图7是根据本发明的优选实施例的该NB-CCE在所有OFDM符号占用相同的非连续的6个子载波的示意图;7 is a schematic diagram of the NB-CCE occupying the same non-contiguous 6 subcarriers in all OFDM symbols according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention;
图8是根据本发明的优选实施例的该NB-CCE在不同OFDM符号占用不同的非连续的6个子载波的示意图;8 is a schematic diagram of the NB-CCE occupying different non-contiguous 6 subcarriers in different OFDM symbols according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention;
图9是根据本发明的优选实施例的该NB-CCE在不同OFDM符号占用不同的连续的6个子载波的示意图一;9 is a first schematic diagram of the NB-CCE occupying different consecutive 6 subcarriers in different OFDM symbols according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention;
图10是根据本发明的优选实施例的该NB-CCE在不同OFDM符号占用不同的连续的6个子载波的示意图二;10 is a second schematic diagram of the NB-CCE occupying different consecutive 6 subcarriers in different OFDM symbols according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention;
图11是根据本发明的优选实施例的该调度定时间隔由调度窗或调度周期内资源分配隐含确定的示意图;11 is a schematic diagram of the scheduling timing interval implicitly determined by a resource allocation within a scheduling window or a scheduling period, in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention;
图12是根据本发明的优选实施例的该调度定时间隔由调度窗或调度周期内资源分配以及结合动态偏移值确定的示意图;12 is a schematic diagram of the scheduling timing interval determined by resource allocation within a scheduling window or scheduling period and in conjunction with dynamic offset values, in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention;
图13是根据本发明的优选实施例的该调度定时间隔由DCI动态指示确定的示意图一;13 is a first schematic diagram 1 of the scheduling timing interval determined by a DCI dynamic indication, in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention;
图14是根据本发明的优选实施例的使用多窄带时调度定时间隔由固定值确定的示意图;14 is a schematic diagram of scheduling timing intervals determined by fixed values when using multiple narrowbands in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention;
图15是根据本发明的优选实施例的使用多窄带时调度定时间隔由NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的结束子帧偏移固定值确定的示意图的示意图; 15 is a schematic diagram of a schematic diagram of determining a timing interval by using a multi-narrowband scheduling timing interval by a fixed subframe offset fixed value of a search space in which an NB-PDCCH is located, in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention;
图16是根据本发明的优选实施例的该调度定时间隔由调度窗或调度周期内资源分配隐含确定的示意图;16 is a schematic diagram of the scheduling timing interval implicitly determined by a resource allocation within a scheduling window or a scheduling period, in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention;
图17是根据本发明的优选实施例的该调度定时间隔由DCI动态指示确定的示意图二;17 is a second schematic diagram of the scheduling timing interval determined by a DCI dynamic indication, in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention;
图18是根据本发明的优选实施例的使用多窄带时调度定时间隔由NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的结束子帧偏移固定值确定或由DCI动态指示的示意图。FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of determining a timing interval by using a multi-narrowband scheduling timing interval by a fixed subframe offset fixed value of a search space in which an NB-PDCCH is located or dynamically indicated by a DCI.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下文中将参考附图并结合实施例来详细说明本发明。需要说明的是,在不冲突的情况下,本申请中的实施例及实施例中的特征可以相互组合。The invention will be described in detail below with reference to the drawings in conjunction with the embodiments. It should be noted that the embodiments in the present application and the features in the embodiments may be combined with each other without conflict.
需要说明的是,本发明的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象,而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。It is to be understood that the terms "first", "second" and the like in the specification and claims of the present invention are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not necessarily used to describe a particular order or order.
在本实施例中提供了一种调度定时间隔的确定方法,图1是根据本发明实施例的一种调度定时间隔的确定方法的流程图,如图1所示,该流程包括如下步骤:In this embodiment, a method for determining a scheduling timing interval is provided. FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a method for determining a scheduling timing interval according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1, the process includes the following steps:
步骤S102,解调窄带物理下行控制信道NB-PDCCH;Step S102, demodulating a narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH;
步骤S104,通过解调窄带物理下行控制信道NB-PDCCH,确定调度的窄带下行业务信道NB-PDSCH或者窄带上行业务信道NB-PUSCH的起始子帧,其中,确定该起始子帧的依据包括以下至少之一:该NB-PDCCH的结束子帧、该NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的结束子帧、调度窗内的资源分配、调度定时间隔指示。Step S104: Determine a starting subframe of the scheduled narrowband downlink traffic channel NB-PDSCH or the narrowband uplink traffic channel NB-PUSCH by demodulating the narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH, where the basis for determining the starting subframe includes At least one of the following: an end subframe of the NB-PDCCH, an end subframe of a search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, a resource allocation in a scheduling window, and a scheduling timing interval indication.
通过上述步骤,通过解调窄带物理下行控制信道NB-PDCCH,确定调度的窄带下行业务信道NB-PDSCH或者窄带上行业务信道NB-PUSCH的起始子帧,解决了在窄带系统中如何确定调度定时的问题,节省了指示开销,提高了资源使用效率。Through the above steps, the demodulated narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH is used to determine the scheduled subframe of the scheduled narrowband downlink traffic channel NB-PDSCH or the narrowband uplink traffic channel NB-PUSCH, which solves how to determine the scheduling timing in the narrowband system. The problem saves the indication overhead and improves the efficiency of resource usage.
在本发明的实施例中,在依据该NB-PDCCH的结束子帧确定NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的该起始子帧的情况下,使用固定的调度定时间隔。In an embodiment of the present invention, in a case where the initial subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is determined according to the end subframe of the NB-PDCCH, a fixed scheduling timing interval is used.
在本发明的实施例中,在一个物理资源块PRB对中支持多个NB-PDSCH时,使用该固定的调度定时间隔确定该NB-PDSCH的起始子帧的情况下,通过下行控制信息DCI或隐含确定方式指示该NB-PDSCH在一个物理资源块PRB中的位置。In the embodiment of the present invention, when multiple NB-PDSCHs are supported in one physical resource block PRB pair, when the initial subframe of the NB-PDSCH is determined by using the fixed scheduling timing interval, the downlink control information DCI is adopted. Or implicitly determining the location of the NB-PDSCH in one physical resource block PRB.
在本发明的实施例中,该NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的起始子帧根据NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的结束子帧确定时,使用固定的调度定时间隔或根据调度定时间隔指示,其中,该调度定时间隔指示表示NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的结束子帧至NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的起始子帧。In the embodiment of the present invention, the start subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is determined according to the end subframe of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, using a fixed scheduling timing interval or according to a scheduling timing interval, where The scheduling timing interval indicates a starting subframe indicating the end subframe of the search space in which the NB-PDCCH is located to the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH.
在本发明的实施例中,该NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的起始子帧根据NB-PDCCH的结束子帧和调度定时间隔指示确定时,使用的调度定时间隔取值集合为有限值,该取值集合中 元素取值为连续的或间隔的,该取值集合固定或由系统信息块SIB或无线接入控制RRC配置,其中,该调度定时间隔指示表示该NB-PDCCH的结束子帧至NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的起始子帧。In the embodiment of the present invention, when the start subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is determined according to the end subframe of the NB-PDCCH and the scheduling timing interval indication, the set of the scheduling timing interval used is a finite value, Value collection The value of the element is continuous or interval, and the set of values is fixed or configured by a system information block SIB or a radio access control RRC, where the scheduling timing interval indicates that the end subframe of the NB-PDCCH is to the NB-PDSCH or The starting subframe of the NB-PUSCH.
在本发明的实施例中,该调度定时间隔指示包括以下方式之一:单一指示,以及两级指示,In an embodiment of the present invention, the scheduling timing interval indication includes one of the following modes: a single indication, and two levels of indication,
其中,该单一指示通过单一参数指示调度定时间隔,该两级指示的第一级指示为单一指示参数,该两级指示的第二级指示为该第一级指示的基础上再次指示偏移值,该偏移值取值集合为有限值,该取值集合固定或由SIB或RRC配置。The single indication indicates a scheduling timing interval by a single parameter, and the first level indication of the two-level indication is a single indication parameter, and the second level indication of the two-level indication indicates that the offset value is again indicated on the basis of the first level indication. The set of offset values is a finite value, and the set of values is fixed or configured by SIB or RRC.
在本发明的实施例中,取值集合根据覆盖类型、搜索空间类型、DCI中指示的重复次数至少之一配置或隐含确定为不同的取值,该取值集合包括以下至少之一:该单一指示、两级指示中第一级指示、两级指示中第二级指示;其中,该取值集合的取值对应的单位为物理子帧或可用子帧或无线帧或业务信道的资源单元或传输时间间隔,其中,该DCI中指示的重复次数包括以下至少之一:NB-PDSCH重复次数、NB-PUSCH重复次数、NB-PDCCH重复次数。In the embodiment of the present invention, the value set is configured according to the coverage type, the search space type, and the number of repetitions indicated in the DCI, or implicitly determined to be different values, and the value set includes at least one of the following: a single indicator, a first level indication in a two level indication, and a second level indication in a two level indication; wherein the value corresponding to the value set is a physical subframe or a available subframe or a resource element of a radio frame or a traffic channel Or a transmission time interval, where the number of repetitions indicated in the DCI includes at least one of the following: NB-PDSCH repetition number, NB-PUSCH repetition number, and NB-PDCCH repetition number.
在本发明的实施例中,该取值集合根据高层信令配置的最大重复次数Rmax或者DCI中指示的重复次数隐含确定为不同的取值时,该不同的取值统一使用Rmax/i的倍数,其中,该调度定时间隔使用相同的公因子表示,i为大于0的正整数,该不同的取值包括以下方式至少之一:In the embodiment of the present invention, when the value set is implicitly determined to be different according to the maximum number of repetitions Rmax configured in the high layer signaling or the number of repetitions indicated in the DCI, the different values are uniformly used by Rmax/i. a multiple, wherein the scheduling timing interval is represented by the same common factor, and i is a positive integer greater than 0, and the different values include at least one of the following manners:
使用一种Rmax/i的倍数;例如,仅使用Rmax/8为倍数,使用3bits指示的相同公因子ki={k1、k2、k3、k4、k5、k6、k7、k8}表示为ki*Rmax/8或ki*Rmax/8+4。k1~k8为连续、非连续的取值均可,也可以由单一或两级指示确定。优选的,k1~k8为{0、1、2、3、4、5、6、7};或者{0、1、2、4、6、8、12、16};或者{0、1、2、4、6、8、10、12};或者{0、1、2、4、8、12、16、24}Use a multiple of Rmax/i; for example, use only Rmax/8 as a multiple, using the same common factor ki={k1, k2, k3, k4, k5, k6, k7, k8} indicated by 3bits as ki*Rmax /8 or ki*Rmax/8+4. K1~k8 are continuous and non-continuous values, and can also be determined by single or two-level indication. Preferably, k1 to k8 are {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7}; or {0, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16}; or {0, 1. 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12}; or {0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 12, 16, 24}
使用至少两种Rmax/i的倍数。例如,分别作为两级指示中不同级别的倍数,例如{0、1、2、3*Rmax/4}+{0、Rmax/8}={0、1、2、3、4、5、8、9}Rmax/8;{0、1、2、3*Rmax/2}+{0、Rmax/8}={0、1、4、5、8、9、12、13}Rmax/8;{k1、k2、k3、k4}+{0、ki/2},其中k4=Rmax,k3=k4/2,k2=k4/4,k1=k4/8时,={1、3/2、2、3、4、6、8、12}Rmax/8;{k1、k2、k3、k4}+{0、ki/2},其中k4=8*Rmax/8,k3=k4/2,k2=k4/4,k1=0时,={0、1、2、3、4、6、8、12}Rmax/8。Use at least two multiples of Rmax/i. For example, as a multiple of the different levels in the two-level indication, for example, {0, 1, 2, 3*Rmax/4}+{0, Rmax/8}={0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8 , 9}Rmax/8; {0, 1, 2, 3*Rmax/2}+{0, Rmax/8}={0, 1, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12, 13} Rmax/8; {k1, k2, k3, k4}+{0, ki/2}, where k4=Rmax, k3=k4/2, k2=k4/4, when k1=k4/8, ={1, 3/2, 2,3,4,6,8,12}Rmax/8; {k1, k2, k3, k4}+{0, ki/2}, where k4=8*Rmax/8, k3=k4/2, k2 =k4/4, when k1=0, ={0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12} Rmax/8.
在本发明的实施例中,根据预设或配置的门限值Rmax=C,分别对于Rmax大于或者等于C时和Rmax小于C时,分别使用两组的调度定时间隔的取值集合,该取值集合的取值包括以下至少之一:In the embodiment of the present invention, according to the preset or configured threshold value Rmax=C, respectively, when Rmax is greater than or equal to C and Rmax is less than C, respectively, the set of values of the scheduling timing intervals of the two groups is respectively used, The value of the value set includes at least one of the following:
使用相同的Rmax/i的倍数,使用不同的公因子表示;例如,以相同的Rmax/8为倍数,两组取值集合为(k1~k7)*Rmax/8;(y1~y7)*Rmax/8。例如:一组为{0、1、2、3、4、5、6、7},另一组为{0、2、4、6、8、12、16、24},其中C为预设值。Use the same multiple of Rmax/i, using different common factors; for example, in the same Rmax/8 as a multiple, the two sets of values are (k1 ~ k7) * Rmax / 8; (y1 ~ y7) * Rmax /8. For example: one set is {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7}, and the other set is {0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24}, where C is the default value.
使用不同的Rmax/i的倍数,使用相同的公因子表示。例如以相同的公因子(k1~k7)表示, 使用不同的Rmax/i为倍数,如(k1~k7)*Rmax/8;(k1~k7)*Rmax/4。Use a different multiple of Rmax/i, using the same common factor representation. For example, expressed by the same common factor (k1 to k7), Use a different Rmax/i as a multiple, such as (k1 ~ k7) * Rmax / 8; (k1 ~ k7) * Rmax / 4.
一组不使用Rmax/i的倍数,另一组使用Rmax/i的倍数。例如一组取值为(k1~k7)*D,D为常数;另一组取值为(y1~y7)*Rmax/8。例如以相同的公因子(k1~k7)表示,较大Rmax用绝对值,较小Rmax用Rmax/8,一组取值为(k1~k7)*D;另一组取值为(k1~k7)*Rmax/8。One group does not use a multiple of Rmax/i, and the other group uses a multiple of Rmax/i. For example, one set takes values from (k1 to k7)*D, and D is a constant; the other set takes values from (y1 to y7)*Rmax/8. For example, the same common factor (k1 ~ k7), the larger Rmax with absolute value, the smaller Rmax with Rmax / 8, one set for (k1 ~ k7) * D; the other group for (k1 ~ K7) *Rmax/8.
其中,如果Rmax/8小于1,则统一向上取整为1。Wherein, if Rmax/8 is less than 1, the unified up is rounded to 1.
无论是单一指示还是两级指示中的任意一级,所对应取值集合由SIB或RRC配置,或者根据DCI指示的NB-PDSCH、NB-PUSCH、NB-PDCCH至少之一隐含确定。例如对于CSS中传输的DCI,取值集合由SIB配置;对于USS中传输的DCI,取值集合由RRC配置。该取值集合中的元素可以是2或4或6或8或10或16个等等。例如两级指示中第一级为1bit指示2种取值{k1、k2},或2bit指示4种取值{k1、k2、k3、k4},或3bit指示8种取值{k1、k2、k3、k4、k5、k6、k7、k8},其中集合中最大k值kmax由eNB配置,其余隐含得到,如4种取值时k4=kmax由eNB配置,k3=k4/2,k2=k4/4,k1=k4/8,kmax可能的取值集合为{4、8、16、32、64、128、256}或其子集。当通过RRC配置时,根据终端的覆盖类型配置kmax取值,例如normal覆盖时配置kmax为32,而增强覆盖时配置kmax为256。或者kmax根据DCI指示的NB-PDSCH、NB-PUSCH、NB-PDCCH至少之一隐含确定,无需SIB或RRC配置,例如对于确定下行调度定时间隔时,DCI指示NB-PDSCH重复次数为R=256,则kmax=R或R/2或R/4或R/8等。对于第二级指示为固定取值,如1bit指示{0、1}或{0、2}或{0、4};2bit指示{0、1、2、3}或{0、1、2、4}或{0、2、4、6};3bit指示{0、1、2、3、4、5、6、7},或第二级为配置的取值集合,以2bit为例,指示{0、1x、2x、3x},x为第一级指示中最小的k值,kmin,或者x为kmin/4或kmin/2,或者x为kmax/16或kmax/32。两级指示时第一级指示与第二级指示相加得到调度定时间隔,或者两级指示时第一级指示与第二级指示相乘得到调度定时间隔,或者第一级指示确定数值再结合第二级指示确定的资源单元长度得到调度定时间隔。该单一指示确定的取值集合也可以看做是通过二级指示通过上述方式计算出的取值集合。The value set is configured by the SIB or the RRC, or is implicitly determined according to at least one of the NB-PDSCH, the NB-PUSCH, and the NB-PDCCH indicated by the DCI, whether it is a single indication or a two-level indication. For example, for the DCI transmitted in the CSS, the set of values is configured by the SIB; for the DCI transmitted in the USS, the set of values is configured by the RRC. The elements in the set of values can be 2 or 4 or 6 or 8 or 10 or 16 and so on. For example, the first level of the two-level indication is 1 bit indicating two kinds of values {k1, k2}, or 2 bits indicating four kinds of values {k1, k2, k3, k4}, or 3 bits indicating 8 kinds of values {k1, k2 K3, k4, k5, k6, k7, k8}, where the maximum k value kmax in the set is configured by the eNB, and the rest is implicitly obtained. For example, when 4 values are used, k4=kmax is configured by the eNB, k3=k4/2, k2= K4/4, k1=k4/8, the possible set of values of kmax is {4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256} or a subset thereof. When configured through RRC, the value of kmax is configured according to the coverage type of the terminal. For example, the configuration kmax is 32 when the normal coverage is set, and the kmax is 256 when the coverage is enhanced. Or kmax is implicitly determined according to at least one of NB-PDSCH, NB-PUSCH, and NB-PDCCH indicated by the DCI, and no SIB or RRC configuration is required. For example, when determining a downlink scheduling timing interval, the DCI indicates that the NB-PDSCH repetition number is R=256. , then kmax = R or R / 2 or R / 4 or R / 8 and so on. For the second level indication is a fixed value, such as 1 bit indication {0, 1} or {0, 2} or {0, 4}; 2bit indication {0, 1, 2, 3} or {0, 1, 2 4} or {0, 2, 4, 6}; 3bit indicates {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7}, or the second level is the set of values of the configuration, taking 2bit as an example, indicating {0, 1x, 2x, 3x}, x is the smallest k value in the first level indication, kmin, or x is kmin/4 or kmin/2, or x is kmax/16 or kmax/32. When the two-level indication is added, the first-level indication is added to the second-level indication to obtain a scheduling timing interval, or the two-level indication is multiplied by the second-level indication to obtain a scheduling timing interval, or the first-level indication determines the value to be combined. The second level indicates that the determined resource unit length is obtained by the scheduling timing interval. The set of values determined by the single indication can also be regarded as a set of values calculated by the above-mentioned means through the secondary indication.
上述组合挑选其中之一列举如下:例如,当配置或隐含得到k4=32时,第二级指示{0、1、2、3}时,采用两级相加的方式,调度定时取值集合为4bit指示集合{4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、16、17、18、19、32、33、34、35}中之一。其余组合类似,不再赘述。One of the above combinations is listed as follows: For example, when k4=32 is configured or implicitly, when the second level indicates {0, 1, 2, 3}, the two-stage addition method is used to schedule the timing value set. One of the sets {4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 16, 17, 18, 19, 32, 33, 34, 35} is indicated by 4 bits. The rest of the combinations are similar and will not be described again.
或者第二级指示根据第一级指示确定,即不同的第一级指示取值对应的第二级指示取值集合不同。优选较大的第一级指示对应的第二级指示颗粒度也较大。以2bit第一级指示和2比特第二级指示为例,如第一级指示为ki时(i=1、2、3、4),第二级指示为{0、1x、2x、3x},其中x=ki/4或ki/2或ki。Or the second level indication is determined according to the first level indication, that is, the second level indication value set corresponding to the different first level indication values is different. Preferably, the larger first level indicates that the corresponding second level indicates a larger granularity. Taking a 2-bit first-level indication and a 2-bit second-level indication as an example, if the first-level indication is ki (i=1, 2, 3, 4), the second-level indication is {0, 1x, 2x, 3x} , where x=ki/4 or ki/2 or ki.
对于调度Paging的DCI中的调度定时间隔指示的取值集合不同于调度单播业务的DCI中的调度定时间隔指示的取值集合。(情况1)调度Paging的DCI中的调度定时间隔指示的取值集合元素数量与调度单播业务的DCI中的调度定时间隔指示的取值集合数量相同,具体取值元素不同,其中前者取值集合中的元素间隔更大。例如:调度Paging的定时间隔取值集合中最大k值大于调度单播业务的定时间隔取值集合中最大k值,当使用两级指示时,第一级指 示的k4不同,后续k1-k3隐含获得的方式不同,例如,调度Paging的定时间隔取值集合中k3=k4/4,k2=k4/16,k1=k4/64;调度单播业务的定时间隔取值集合中k3=k4/2,k2=k4/4,k1=k4/8;(情况2)调度Paging的DCI中的调度定时间隔指示的取值集合元素数量大于调度单播业务的DCI中的调度定时间隔指示的取值集合数量,具体取值元素不同,其中前者取值集合中的元素间隔更大。The set of values of the scheduling timing interval indication in the DCI for scheduling paging is different from the value set of the scheduling timing interval indication in the DCI for scheduling the unicast service. (Case 1) The number of the value set elements indicated by the scheduling timing interval in the DCI for scheduling the paging is the same as the number of the value set indicating the scheduling timing interval in the DCI of the scheduled unicast service. The specific value elements are different, and the former takes the value. The elements in the collection are more spaced apart. For example, the maximum k value in the set of timing interval values of the scheduling aging is greater than the maximum k value in the set of timing intervals of the scheduled unicast service. When the two-level indication is used, the first level refers to The k4 is different, and the subsequent k1-k3 implicitly obtain different ways. For example, the timing interval value set of the scheduling Paging is k3=k4/4, k2=k4/16, k1=k4/64; scheduling unicast service In the timing interval value set, k3=k4/2, k2=k4/4, k1=k4/8; (Case 2) The scheduling timing interval in the DCI for scheduling Paging indicates that the number of elements of the set value is greater than that of the scheduled unicast service. The number of value sets indicated by the scheduling interval in the DCI is different. The elements in the former value set are larger.
该该取值集合的取值对应的单位为物理子帧或可用子帧或业务信道的资源单元。优选的,对于通过两级指示确定上行NB-PUSCH调度定时间隔时,第一级指示单位为资源单元,第二级指示单位为子帧。The unit corresponding to the value of the set of values is a physical sub-frame or a resource unit of a available sub-frame or a traffic channel. Preferably, when the uplink NB-PUSCH scheduling timing interval is determined by the two-level indication, the first level indication unit is a resource unit, and the second level indication unit is a subframe.
在本发明的实施例中,该取值集合中元素的取值包括以下方式至少之一:In an embodiment of the present invention, the value of the element in the set of values includes at least one of the following manners:
2x,其中x为集中{0、1、2、3、…、20}中至少之一;2 x , where x is at least one of the set {0, 1, 2, 3, ..., 20};
无线帧长度的整数倍;如{10、20、30、40、…};An integer multiple of the length of the wireless frame; such as {10, 20, 30, 40, ...};
一个传输块占用的子帧数的整数倍;如一个传输块最大占用6个子帧,则取值元素可能为{6、12、18、24、….};An integer multiple of the number of subframes occupied by a transport block; if a transport block occupies a maximum of 6 subframes, the value elements may be {6, 12, 18, 24, ....};
控制信道占用子帧数的整数倍;k×2x,其中k为大于或大于等于0的正整数。The control channel occupies an integer multiple of the number of subframes; k x 2 x , where k is a positive integer greater than or greater than zero.
在本发明的实施例中,该取值集合中元素的最大值确定方式包括以下至少之一:调度窗或调度周期或资源分配周期的长度,固定或基站配置的唯一值,根据不同覆盖等级分别确定,根据覆盖等级至少之一确定,根据上行单载波传输确定,根据上行子载波间隔确定。In an embodiment of the present invention, the maximum value determining manner of the element in the value set includes at least one of: a scheduling window or a scheduling period or a length of a resource allocation period, a fixed value or a unique value of a base station configuration, respectively, according to different coverage levels. Determining, determining according to at least one of the coverage levels, determining according to the uplink single carrier transmission, and determining according to the uplink subcarrier spacing.
在本发明的实施例中,该取值集合中元素的最大值确定方式包括以下至少之一:调度窗或调度周期或资源分配周期的长度,固定或基站配置的唯一值,根据不同覆盖等级分别确定,根据覆盖等级至少之一确定,根据上行单载波传输确定,根据上行子载波间隔确定。In an embodiment of the present invention, the maximum value determining manner of the element in the value set includes at least one of: a scheduling window or a scheduling period or a length of a resource allocation period, a fixed value or a unique value of a base station configuration, respectively, according to different coverage levels. Determining, determining according to at least one of the coverage levels, determining according to the uplink single carrier transmission, and determining according to the uplink subcarrier spacing.
需要说明的是,该取值集合中元素的最大值确定方式包括以下至少之一:调度窗或调度周期或资源分配周期的长度,即取值集合中元素的最大值等于或不大于调度窗或周期的长度;固定或基站配置的唯一值,即取值集合中最大值是唯一的取值;根据不同覆盖等级分别确定,此时不同覆盖等级对应的最大值不同;根据覆盖等级至少之一确定,即此时允许不同覆盖等级对应的最大值相同,如覆盖等级0和1对应的最大值相同,覆盖等级2和3对应的最大值相同;根据上行单载波传输确定,即上行单载波传输时对应的最大值与上行多载波传输时对应的最大值不同;根据上行子载波间隔确定,例如上行3.75kHz子载波间隔对应的最大值与上行15kHz子载波间隔对应的最大值不同。It should be noted that the maximum value determining manner of the elements in the value set includes at least one of the following: a scheduling window or a scheduling period or a length of a resource allocation period, that is, a maximum value of an element in the value set is equal to or not greater than a scheduling window or The length of the period; the unique value of the fixed or base station configuration, that is, the maximum value in the set of values is a unique value; determined according to different coverage levels, respectively, the maximum values corresponding to different coverage levels are different; determined according to at least one of the coverage levels That is, the maximum values corresponding to different coverage levels are allowed to be the same at this time, for example, the maximum values corresponding to coverage levels 0 and 1 are the same, and the maximum values corresponding to coverage levels 2 and 3 are the same; determined according to uplink single carrier transmission, that is, uplink single carrier transmission The corresponding maximum value is different from the maximum value corresponding to the uplink multi-carrier transmission; according to the uplink sub-carrier spacing, for example, the maximum value corresponding to the uplink 3.75 kHz sub-carrier spacing is different from the maximum value corresponding to the uplink 15 kHz sub-carrier spacing.
在本发明的实施例中,该NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的起始子帧根据该调度窗内的资源分配确定时,调度定时间隔取值为小于该调度窗的窗长的任意值,该调度窗内资源分配使用不超过X个PRB或子帧的连续资源分配,其中,X取值小于调度窗长,X优选6,该调度定时间隔为该NB-PDCCH的结束子帧至NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的起始子帧,In the embodiment of the present invention, when the starting subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is determined according to the resource allocation in the scheduling window, the scheduling timing interval is an arbitrary value smaller than the window length of the scheduling window, where The resource allocation in the scheduling window uses a continuous resource allocation of no more than X PRBs or subframes, where X is smaller than the scheduling window length, X is preferably 6, and the scheduling timing interval is the ending subframe of the NB-PDCCH to the NB-PDSCH. Or the starting subframe of the NB-PUSCH,
需要说明的是上述调度窗也可以用其他术语表示,如调度周期,资源分配周期,资源分 配范围等。It should be noted that the above scheduling window can also be expressed by other terms, such as scheduling period, resource allocation period, and resource division. Distribution range, etc.
在本发明的实施例中,该NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的该起始子帧根据调度窗内的资源分配确定时,还根据DCI动态指示的偏移值联合确定,该NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH占用的子帧资源跨越调度窗或仅在调度窗内。In the embodiment of the present invention, when the initial subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is determined according to the resource allocation in the scheduling window, the NB-PDSCH or the NB is jointly determined according to the offset value dynamically indicated by the DCI. - The subframe resources occupied by the PUSCH span the scheduling window or only within the scheduling window.
在本发明的实施例中,在覆盖增强场景使用该资源分配确定的资源重复传输R次时,包含以下方式至少之一:基于调度窗内的资源分配,仅在调度窗间重复传输R次;基于调度窗内的资源分配,在调度窗内重复传输Rin次,在调度窗间重复Rout次,其中,R、Rin和Rout中的至少之一,由RRC或SIB或DCI进行通知,R、Rin和Rout均为正整数。In an embodiment of the present invention, when the coverage enhancement scenario uses the resource allocation determined resource to repeatedly transmit R times, at least one of the following manners is adopted: based on resource allocation in the scheduling window, only R times are repeatedly transmitted between the scheduling windows; Based on resource allocation in the scheduling window, Rin times are repeatedly transmitted in the scheduling window, and Rout times are repeated between the scheduling windows, wherein at least one of R, Rin, and Rout is notified by RRC or SIB or DCI, R, Rin And Rout are both positive integers.
在本发明的实施例中,该NB-PDCCH重复传输R次数时,包含以下方式至少之一:在R不大于或小于Rx时,仅在调度窗内重复传输R次;在R大于Rx时,仅在调度窗间重复传输R次;在R大于Rx时,在调度窗内重复传输Rin次,在调度窗间重复Rout次,其中,R、Rin和Rout、Rx中的至少之一,由RRC、SIB或DCI进行通知,Rx、R、Rin和Rout均为正整数。In the embodiment of the present invention, when the NB-PDCCH repeatedly transmits the R times, at least one of the following manners is included: when R is not greater than or less than Rx, the transmission is repeated only R times in the scheduling window; when R is greater than Rx, Repeatedly transmitting R times only between the scheduling windows; when R is greater than Rx, Rin times are repeatedly transmitted in the scheduling window, and Rout times are repeated between the scheduling windows, wherein at least one of R, Rin, Rout, and Rx is used by RRC. , SIB or DCI notification, Rx, R, Rin and Rout are positive integers.
在本发明的实施例中,该R、Rin、Rout、Rx取值确定方式包括以下至少之一:In the embodiment of the present invention, the R, Rin, Rout, and Rx value determining manners include at least one of the following:
R、Rin、Rout和Rx中至少之一取值为2x,其中x为集中{0、1、2、3、…、20}中至少之一;At least one of R, Rin, Rout, and Rx takes a value of 2 x , where x is at least one of the set {0, 1, 2, 3, ..., 20};
R=Rin×Rout;R=Rin×Rout;
R、Rin和Rout中至少之一根据不同覆盖等级确定为不同的固定值,或由基站配置一个或一组值,且配置为一组值时具体取值在DCI中通知;At least one of R, Rin, and Rout is determined to be a different fixed value according to different coverage levels, or one or a set of values is configured by the base station, and the specific value is notified in the DCI when configured as a set of values;
Rx和/或Rin根据覆盖等级、调度窗长和最大重复次数中至少之一确定。Rx and/or Rin are determined according to at least one of a coverage level, a scheduling window length, and a maximum number of repetitions.
例如:Rx和或Rin根据常规覆盖确定为4;或者Rx和或Rin根据调度窗长确定为不大于调度窗长的取值;或者Rx和或Rin根据调度窗长和最大重复次数确定为不大于调度窗长和最大重复次数的取值;For example, Rx and Rin are determined to be 4 according to the regular coverage; or Rx and or Rin are determined to be not greater than the value of the scheduling window according to the scheduling window length; or Rx and or Rin are determined to be not greater than the scheduling window length and the maximum number of repetitions. The value of the scheduling window length and the maximum number of repetitions;
例如,在调度窗长为32ms的窗内通过资源分配确定NB-PDSCH占用第6-11子帧,通过DCI中3bit信息指示取值集合{1、2、4、8、16、32、64、128}中的R=32用于NB-PDSCH传输,方式一为在32个调度窗中重复传输,且在各个窗中占用相同子帧位置;方式二为基站再通知调度窗内重复Rin=4次,Rout通过Rmax/Rin=8隐含得For example, in the window with a scheduling window length of 32 ms, it is determined by the resource allocation that the NB-PDSCH occupies the 6th-11th subframe, and the 3-bit information in the DCI indicates the value set {1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, R=32 in 128} is used for NB-PDSCH transmission, mode 1 is repeated transmission in 32 scheduling windows, and the same subframe position is occupied in each window; mode 2 is that the base station re-notifies the scheduling window to repeat Rin=4 Times, Rout is implicit by Rmax/Rin=8
到,此时NB-PDSCH在8个调度窗中重复传输且在调度窗内重复传输4次。At this time, the NB-PDSCH repeats transmission in 8 scheduling windows and repeats transmission 4 times in the scheduling window.
在本发明的实施例中,该NB-PDSCH在时域上占用连续子帧,该占用连续子帧的数量的确定方式包括以下至少之一:In an embodiment of the present invention, the NB-PDSCH occupies consecutive subframes in the time domain, and the manner of determining the number of consecutive subframes includes at least one of the following:
在预定指示范围内与该起始子帧联合编码,使用连续资源分配; Coding with the starting subframe within a predetermined indication range, using continuous resource allocation;
在有限取值集合中单独指示,该有限取值集合中元素为连续取值或间隔取值。It is indicated separately in the finite value set that the elements in the finite value set are consecutive values or intervals.
在本发明的实施例中,该NB-PDCCH在1个PRB对(pair)中或1个子帧使用的窄带控制信道单元NB-CCE占用资源的方式包括以下之一:In an embodiment of the present invention, the manner in which the NB-PDCCH occupies resources in a narrowband control channel unit NB-CCE used in one PRB pair or one subframe includes one of the following:
在所有正交频分复用OFDM符号占用相同的连续或非连续的6个子载波;All OFDM symbols occupying the same continuous or non-contiguous 6 subcarriers in all orthogonal frequency division multiplexing;
在不同OFDM符号占用不同的非连续的6个子载波;Different non-contiguous 6 subcarriers are occupied in different OFDM symbols;
在不同OFDM符号占用不同的连续的6个子载波。Different consecutive 6 subcarriers are occupied in different OFDM symbols.
需要说明的是,该NB-CCE根据不同小区ID(cell ID)在子帧中或OFDM符号中占用不同资源。如不同小区所使用的NB-CCE图样在上述多种占用资源方式或同一种占用资源方式中使用不同的具体资源。It should be noted that the NB-CCE occupies different resources in a subframe or an OFDM symbol according to different cell IDs. For example, the NB-CCE pattern used by different cells uses different specific resources in the above multiple resource occupation modes or the same resource occupation mode.
需要说明的是,PRB pair,具体指频域上包含12个子载波,时域上包含12或14个OFDM符号。其中14个OFDM符号时是使用normal CP,12个OFDM符号时是使用Extended CP。It should be noted that the PRB pair specifically includes 12 subcarriers in the frequency domain and 12 or 14 OFDM symbols in the time domain. Among them, 14 OFDM symbols use normal CP, and 12 OFDM symbols use Extended CP.
在本发明的实施例中,该NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间包括1个或多个聚合等级,并且不同该聚合等级在不同重复次数对应的候选集数量确定方式包括以下至少之一:In the embodiment of the present invention, the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located includes one or more aggregation levels, and the manner of determining the number of candidate sets corresponding to the different repetition times of the aggregation level includes at least one of the following:
不同聚合等级在不同重复次数时的候选集数量均为1;The number of candidate sets for different aggregation levels at different repetition times is 1;
不同聚合等级在不同重复次数时的候选集数量不同;Different aggregation levels have different number of candidate sets at different repetition times;
聚合等级1对应的候选集数量大于1;The number of candidate sets corresponding to aggregation level 1 is greater than one;
非最大重复次数对应的该候选集的数量大于1;The number of the candidate sets corresponding to the non-maximum number of repetitions is greater than one;
重复次数大于或大于等于门限值Rx时,该候选集的数量等于1,重复次数小于或小于等于Rx时,该候选集的数量大于1。When the number of repetitions is greater than or equal to the threshold value Rx, the number of candidate sets is equal to 1, and when the number of repetitions is less than or less than or equal to Rx, the number of candidate sets is greater than one.
在本发明的实施例中,该调度窗长度根据资源单元的长度、调度定时间隔、非连续传输间隔至少之一确定,调度窗长度由eNB通过SIB或RRC配置,或固定长度。确定方式包括以下至少之一:In an embodiment of the present invention, the scheduling window length is determined according to at least one of a length of a resource unit, a scheduling timing interval, and a discontinuous transmission interval, and the scheduling window length is configured by the eNB through SIB or RRC, or a fixed length. The determination method includes at least one of the following:
该长度大于资源单元的长度、调度定时间隔、非连续传输间隔至少之一;The length is greater than at least one of a length of a resource unit, a scheduling timing interval, and a discontinuous transmission interval;
该长度为资源单元的长度、调度定时间隔、非连续传输间隔至少之一的整数倍;The length is an integer multiple of at least one of a length of a resource unit, a scheduling timing interval, and a discontinuous transmission interval;
该长度满足2x,其中x为集中{1、2、3、…、20}中至少之一;The length satisfies 2 x , where x is at least one of the concentrations {1, 2, 3, ..., 20};
该长度满足无线帧长的整数倍。This length satisfies an integer multiple of the length of the radio frame.
在本发明的实施例中,上行调度窗长度与下行调度窗长度相同,固定或统一配置;或者,上行调度窗长与下行调度窗长独立配置或取不同的固定值。In the embodiment of the present invention, the length of the uplink scheduling window is the same as that of the downlink scheduling window, and is fixed or unified. Alternatively, the uplink scheduling window length and the downlink scheduling window are independently configured or take different fixed values.
例如,一个RU占用32ms时,窗长为32的整数倍,优选窗长为集合{32、64、128、256、 512、768、1024、1280、1536、1792、2048}中的至少之一。For example, when a RU occupies 32 ms, the window length is an integer multiple of 32, and preferably the window length is a set {32, 64, 128, 256, At least one of 512, 768, 1024, 1280, 1536, 1792, 2048}.
在本发明的实施例中,该NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的起始子帧根据调度窗长、偏移值、最大重复次数Rmax和资源分配周期中至少之一确定。In the embodiment of the present invention, the starting subframe of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located is determined according to at least one of a scheduling window length, an offset value, a maximum repetition number Rmax, and a resource allocation period.
在本发明的实施例中,该起始子帧根据周期T和偏移值offset确定时,起始子帧位置、起始子帧加上偏移值的位置或起始子帧减去偏移值的位置是T的整数倍的位置,其中,偏移值不大于调度窗长,其中,周期T为调度窗长,调度周期或资源分配周期,或者是调度窗长,调度周期或资源分配周期的整数倍。In the embodiment of the present invention, when the starting subframe is determined according to the period T and the offset value offset, the starting subframe position, the position of the starting subframe plus the offset value, or the starting subframe minus the offset The position of the value is an integer multiple of T, wherein the offset value is not greater than the scheduling window length, wherein the period T is a scheduling window length, a scheduling period or a resource allocation period, or a scheduling window length, a scheduling period, or a resource allocation period. Integer multiple.
需要说明的是,偏移值offset小于窗长1/2,1/4.预定义或基站配置的值,如0、1、2、3。It should be noted that the offset value offset is less than the window length 1/2, 1/4. The value of the predefined or base station configuration, such as 0, 1, 2, 3.
优选k mode N=0,或(k–offset)mode N=0,或(k+offset)mode N=0其中
Figure PCTCN2016111357-appb-000001
ns表示时隙号,SFN是无线帧号,k表示起始子帧,N表示调度窗长或调度窗长的整数倍,offset表示偏移值。
Preferably k mode N=0, or (k–offset)mode N=0, or (k+offset)mode N=0
Figure PCTCN2016111357-appb-000001
n s represents the slot number, SFN is the radio frame number, k represents the starting subframe, N represents the scheduling window length or an integer multiple of the scheduling window length, and offset represents the offset value.
在本发明的实施例中,该起始子帧根据最大重复次数确定时,包括以下方式至少之一:In the embodiment of the present invention, when the starting subframe is determined according to the maximum number of repetitions, at least one of the following manners is included:
该起始子帧位于周期的第一个子帧,该周期为Rmax的整数倍,其中,该整数倍的取值为连续取值{1、2、3、4…}或间隔取值{1、2、4、8…};The starting subframe is located in the first subframe of the period, and the period is an integer multiple of Rmax, where the integer multiple is a continuous value {1, 2, 3, 4...} or an interval value {1 , 2, 4, 8...};
该起始子帧位于周期的第一个子帧加偏移值offset,偏移值为Rmax除以i的整数倍,该周期为Rmax的整数倍,i优选8,其中,该整数倍的取值为连续取值{1、2、3、4…}或间隔取值{1、2、4、8…}。The starting subframe is located in the first subframe of the period plus an offset value offset, and the offset value is Rmax divided by an integer multiple of i, the period is an integer multiple of Rmax, and i is preferably 8, wherein the integer multiple is taken The value is a continuous value {1, 2, 3, 4...} or an interval value {1, 2, 4, 8...}.
在本发明的实施例中,该周期为Rmax的整数倍或非整数倍所确定的取值集合,或者该周期为Rmax的整数倍或非整数倍再加上常数m所确定的取值集合包括以下至少之一:In an embodiment of the present invention, the set of values determined by an integer multiple or a non-integer multiple of Rmax, or a set of values determined by adding an integer multiple or a non-integer multiple of Rmax plus a constant m includes At least one of the following:
取值集合包括大于等于10的正整数;考虑到NB-IoT相对于eMTC来说具有更窄的带宽,需要在时域上更长的周期以更好的时分复用开不同终端。The set of values includes a positive integer greater than or equal to 10; considering that NB-IoT has a narrower bandwidth relative to eMTC, a longer period in the time domain is required to better time-division multiplexing different terminals.
取值集合中不包含1;The value collection does not contain 1;
取值集合中包含大于1小于5的非正整数;The value set contains a non-positive integer greater than 1 and less than 5;
根据门限值Rmax=E区分不同的取值集合,其中,E为固定的常数或者高层信令配置的常数。Different sets of values are distinguished according to the threshold value Rmax=E, where E is a constant constant or a constant of high-level signaling configuration.
例如{1、2、3、4、5、6、8、10}、{2、4、6、8、10、16、24、32}、{1.5、2、3、4、5、6、8、10}、{1.5、2、4、6、8、10、12、16},其中常数m优选为4。根据门限值Rmax=E区分不同的取值集合,当Rmax>=E或Rmax>E时取值集合为X1,当Rmax<E或Rmax<=E时取值集合为X2,X1中最小值小于X2中最小值;或者X1中包含小数,X2中不包含小数;X1中最大值小于X2中最大值;For example, {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10}, {2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16, 24, 32}, {1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10}, {1.5, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16}, wherein the constant m is preferably 4. Different sets of values are distinguished according to the threshold value Rmax=E. When Rmax>=E or Rmax>E, the value set is X1, and when Rmax<E or Rmax<=E, the value set is X2, and the minimum value of X1 Less than the minimum value in X2; or X1 contains a decimal, X2 does not contain a decimal; the maximum in X1 is less than the maximum in X2;
在本发明的实施例中,USS与CSS所对应的取值集合不同,其中,CSS为用于接入过程 中的CSS,该取值集合包括以下至少之一:In the embodiment of the present invention, the value set corresponding to the USS and the CSS is different, wherein the CSS is used for the access process. In the CSS, the set of values includes at least one of the following:
CSS的取值集合中不包含非正整数;The CSS value set does not contain a non-positive integer;
CSS的取值集合中最小值大于USS中取值集合中最小值;The minimum value in the CSS value set is greater than the minimum value in the USS value set;
CSS的取值集合中最大值大于USS中取值集合中最大值。The maximum value in the CSS value set is greater than the maximum value in the USS value set.
例如CSS取值集合为{2、3、4、5、6、8、10、16}而USS取值集合为{1.5、2、3、4、5、6、8、10};CSS取值集合为{2、4、6、8、10、16、24、32}而USS取值集合为{1.5、2、4、6、8、10、12、16};CSS取值集合为{2,3,4,5,8,10,16,32}而USS取值集合为{1.5,2,2.5,4,5,8,10,16}。For example, the CSS value set is {2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 16} and the USS value set is {1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10}; CSS value The set is {2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16, 24, 32} and the USS value set is {1.5, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16}; the CSS value set is {2 , 3, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 32} and the USS value set is {1.5, 2, 2.5, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16}.
在本发明的实施例中,该配置周期和周期内的间隔位置时,该周期和或间隔的单位为子帧或Rmax/i的倍数。其中周期和间隔大小分别配置或联合编码配置。其中i为1至8中整数。In the embodiment of the present invention, when the configuration period and the interval position in the period, the unit of the period and or interval is a sub-frame or a multiple of Rmax/i. The period and the interval size are respectively configured or jointly coded. Where i is an integer from 1 to 8.
如表1所示一种示例,在联合编码配置时,不同周期配置时包含的间隔大小值不同,且间隔大小不大于其对应的周期取值。As shown in the example in Table 1, in the joint coding configuration, the interval size values included in different periodic configurations are different, and the interval size is not greater than its corresponding period value.
表1Table 1
IndexIndex 周期 cycle Gap大小Gap size
00 6464 4848
11 6464 3232
22 6464 1616
33 6464 88
44 3232 24twenty four
55 3232 1616
66 3232 88
77 1616 88
在本发明的实施例中,该周期和周期内的间隔大小根据门限值确定的方式包括以下至少之一:In an embodiment of the present invention, the manner in which the interval and the interval in the period are determined according to the threshold value includes at least one of the following:
该周期的最大值小于或小于等于门限值;The maximum value of the period is less than or less than or equal to the threshold value;
该间隔大小的最大值小于周期值;The maximum value of the interval size is less than the period value;
该间隔大小的最大值小于门限值,其中,该门限值为固定值或者高层信令配置的值。The maximum value of the interval size is less than a threshold value, where the threshold value is a fixed value or a value of a high layer signaling configuration.
例如门限值为64,当Rmax>=64时,周期最大值为64,gap大小最大值小于64。 For example, the threshold value is 64. When Rmax>=64, the period maximum value is 64, and the gap size maximum value is less than 64.
该NB-PDCCH或NB-PDSCH或NB-PUSCH重复传输时,由基站通过高层信令(如SIB或RRC)或物理层信令(如DCI)通知其重复传输为连续传输或间隔/非连续传输。包括以下方式至少之一:When the NB-PDCCH or NB-PDSCH or NB-PUSCH is repeatedly transmitted, the base station notifies its repeated transmission to continuous transmission or interval/discontinuous transmission through high layer signaling (such as SIB or RRC) or physical layer signaling (such as DCI). . Including at least one of the following:
(1)仅配置是否执行非连续传输,非连续传输方式隐含确定。(1) Only configure whether to perform discontinuous transmission, and the discontinuous transmission mode implicitly determines.
例如通过1bit配置连续传输或非连续传输。间隔位于Rmax/2之间,间隔大小为Rmax或Rmax/2或固定值。For example, continuous transmission or discontinuous transmission is configured by 1 bit. The interval is between Rmax/2 and the interval size is Rmax or Rmax/2 or a fixed value.
(2)配置非连续传输的间隔数量,间隔位置隐含确定。(2) Configure the number of intervals for discontinuous transmission, and the interval position is implicitly determined.
图2是根据本发明的优选实施例的配置非连续传输的间隔数量,间隔位置隐含确定的示意图,如图2所示,例如通过2bit配置非连续传输的间隔数量。0表示连续传输,1表示有1个间隔且间隔位于Rmax/2之间且间隔大小为Rmax/2,2表示有3个间隔且间隔位于Rmax/4之间且间隔大小为Rmax/4,3表示有7个间隔且间隔位于Rmax/8之间且间隔大小为Rmax/8。2 is a schematic diagram of the number of intervals for configuring discontinuous transmissions, implicitly determined by spacing locations, as shown in FIG. 2, such as the number of intervals for non-continuous transmission by 2 bit configuration, in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention. 0 means continuous transmission, 1 means 1 interval and the interval is between Rmax/2 and the interval size is Rmax/2, 2 means there are 3 intervals and the interval is between Rmax/4 and the interval size is Rmax/4, 3 Indicates that there are 7 intervals and the interval is between Rmax/8 and the interval size is Rmax/8.
(3)配置预设的周期,以及周期内的间隔位置。(3) Configure the preset period and the interval position within the period.
图3是根据本发明的优选实施例的配置预设的周期,以及周期内的间隔位置的示意图,如图3所示,对于配置预设的周期,以及周期内的间隔位置时,间隔在周期内划分且Gap的大小不大于周期的大小。需要定义一个传输周期,再需要额外定义一个周期内传输间隔的起始和长度。简单的,可以仅在周期的开始或结束位置配置间隔。如图3所示,配置cycle长度和cycle内Gap的长度,周期长度和Gap在有预定义的取值集合,优选根据覆盖类型配置不同取值。NB-PDCCH或NB-PDSCH重复传输遇到Gap且没有传输完成时,跳过Gap。Gap的取值可以是NB-PDCCH或NB-PDSCH使用的重复传输次数取值集合中元素,如1、2、4、8、16、32…,或者是无线帧的整数倍10、20、30、40…。3 is a schematic diagram of a configuration of a preset period and an interval position within a period according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 3, for configuring a preset period, and an interval position within the period, the interval is in a period The inner partition and the size of the Gap are not larger than the size of the period. It is necessary to define a transmission period, and then additionally define the start and length of the transmission interval in one cycle. Simply, the interval can be configured only at the beginning or end of the cycle. As shown in FIG. 3, the length of the cycle and the length of the gap in the cycle are configured. The period length and the gap have a predefined set of values, and the values are preferably configured according to the coverage type. When the NB-PDCCH or NB-PDSCH repeated transmission encounters a Gap and no transmission is completed, the Gap is skipped. The value of the Gap may be an element in the set of repeated transmission times used by the NB-PDCCH or the NB-PDSCH, such as 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, or an integer multiple of the radio frame, 10, 20, 30. , 40...
(4)配置预设的周期,且周期大小等于间隔大小。(4) Configure a preset period, and the period size is equal to the interval size.
图4是根据本发明的优选实施例的配置预设的周期,且周期大小等于间隔大小的示意图,如图4所示,定义统一的间隔值,并且间隔值=周期值。NB-PDCCH(也叫NPDCCH,都指代NB-IoT的物理下行控制信道)和或NB-PDSCH在重复传输时只要遇到Gap边界且没有传输完成,自动跳过一个Gap后继续传输。Gap的取值可以是NB-PDCCH或NB-PDSCH使用的重复传输次数取值集合中元素,如1、2、4、8、16、32…,或者是无线帧的整数倍10、20、30、40…。4 is a schematic diagram of configuring a preset period, and the period size is equal to the interval size, as shown in FIG. 4, defining a uniform interval value, and the interval value = period value, in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention. The NB-PDCCH (also called NPDCCH, which refers to the physical downlink control channel of the NB-IoT) and/or the NB-PDSCH, when the repeated transmission is encountered as long as the Gap boundary is encountered and no transmission is completed, the Gap is automatically skipped and the transmission is continued. The value of the Gap may be an element in the set of repeated transmission times used by the NB-PDCCH or the NB-PDSCH, such as 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, or an integer multiple of the radio frame, 10, 20, 30. , 40...
通过SIB配置小区级间隔传输,所有下行信道均适用,或仅适用于公有消息的NB-PDCCH和或NB-PDSCH。通过RRC或DCI配置UE级间隔传输,例如通过RRC配置NB-PDCCH和或NB-PDSCH,通过DCI配置NB-PDSCH的间隔传输。Cell-level interval transmission is configured through the SIB, and all downlink channels are applicable, or only applicable to the NB-PDCCH and or NB-PDSCH of the public message. The UE-level interval transmission is configured by RRC or DCI, for example, by RRC configuring NB-PDCCH and or NB-PDSCH, and configuring NB-PDSCH interval transmission by DCI.
(5)固定周期和固定间隔大小,且固定值为2的幂次取值或无线帧的整数倍或8的整数倍。(5) Fixed period and fixed interval size, and the fixed value is a power of 2 or an integer multiple of a radio frame or an integer multiple of 8.
需要说明的是,上述实施例的一种调度定时间隔的确定方法可以应用在终端上,或者基 站上。It should be noted that the method for determining the scheduling timing interval of the foregoing embodiment may be applied to the terminal, or stand on.
在本实施例中还提供了一种调度定时间隔的确定装置,该装置用于实现上述实施例及优选实施方式,已经进行过说明的不再赘述。如以下所使用的,术语“模块”可以实现预定功能的软件和/或硬件的组合。尽管以下实施例所描述的装置较佳地以软件来实现,但是硬件,或者软件和硬件的组合的实现也是可能并被构想的。In the present embodiment, a device for determining a scheduling interval is provided, which is used to implement the foregoing embodiments and preferred embodiments, and details are not described herein. As used below, the term "module" may implement a combination of software and/or hardware of a predetermined function. Although the apparatus described in the following embodiments is preferably implemented in software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware, is also possible and contemplated.
图5是根据本发明实施例的一种调度定时间隔的确定装置的结构框图,如图5所示,该装置包括:FIG. 5 is a structural block diagram of a device for determining a scheduling timing interval according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 5, the device includes:
解调模块52,设置为解调窄带物理下行控制信道NB-PDCCH;The demodulation module 52 is configured to demodulate the narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH;
确定模块54,设置为通过解调窄带物理下行控制信道NB-PDCCH,确定调度的窄带下行业务信道NB-PDSCH或者窄带上行业务信道NB-PUSCH的起始子帧,其中,确定该起始子帧的依据包括以下至少之一:该NB-PDCCH的结束子帧、该NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的结束子帧、调度窗内的资源分配、调度定时间隔指示。The determining module 54 is configured to determine a starting subframe of the scheduled narrowband downlink traffic channel NB-PDSCH or the narrowband uplink traffic channel NB-PUSCH by demodulating the narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH, where the starting subframe is determined The basis of the at least one of the following: the end subframe of the NB-PDCCH, the end subframe of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, the resource allocation in the scheduling window, and the scheduling timing interval indication.
通过上述装置,解调模块52设置为解调窄带物理下行控制信道NB-PDCCH;确定模块54设置为通过解调窄带物理下行控制信道NB-PDCCH,确定调度的窄带下行业务信道NB-PDSCH或者窄带上行业务信道NB-PUSCH的起始子帧,解决了在窄带系统中如何确定调度定时的问题,节省了指示开销,提高了资源使用效率。Through the above apparatus, the demodulation module 52 is configured to demodulate the narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH; the determining module 54 is configured to determine the scheduled narrowband downlink traffic channel NB-PDSCH or narrowband by demodulating the narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH. The starting subframe of the uplink traffic channel NB-PUSCH solves the problem of how to determine the scheduling timing in the narrowband system, saves the indication overhead, and improves the resource use efficiency.
在上述装置中,解调模块52和确定模块54,可以单独实现各自的功能,也可以结合,实现装置的功能。In the above apparatus, the demodulation module 52 and the determination module 54 may implement their respective functions individually or in combination to implement the functions of the apparatus.
在本发明的实施例中,在依据该NB-PDCCH的结束子帧确定NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的该起始子帧的情况下,使用固定的调度定时间隔。In an embodiment of the present invention, in a case where the initial subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is determined according to the end subframe of the NB-PDCCH, a fixed scheduling timing interval is used.
在本发明的实施例中,在一个物理资源块PRB对中支持多个NB-PDSCH时,使用该固定的调度定时间隔确定该NB-PDSCH的起始子帧的情况下,通过下行控制信息DCI或隐含确定方式指示该NB-PDSCH在一个物理资源块PRB中的位置。In the embodiment of the present invention, when multiple NB-PDSCHs are supported in one physical resource block PRB pair, when the initial subframe of the NB-PDSCH is determined by using the fixed scheduling timing interval, the downlink control information DCI is adopted. Or implicitly determining the location of the NB-PDSCH in one physical resource block PRB.
在本发明的实施例中,该NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的起始子帧根据NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的结束子帧确定时,使用固定的调度定时间隔或根据调度定时间隔指示,其中,该调度定时间隔指示表示NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的结束子帧至NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的起始子帧。In the embodiment of the present invention, the start subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is determined according to the end subframe of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, using a fixed scheduling timing interval or according to a scheduling timing interval, where The scheduling timing interval indicates a starting subframe indicating the end subframe of the search space in which the NB-PDCCH is located to the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH.
在本发明的实施例中,该NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的起始子帧根据NB-PDCCH的结束子帧和调度定时间隔指示确定时,使用的调度定时间隔取值集合为有限值,该取值集合中元素取值为连续的或间隔的,该取值集合固定或由系统信息块SIB或无线接入控制RRC配置,其中,该调度定时间隔指示表示该NB-PDCCH的结束子帧至NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的起始子帧。In the embodiment of the present invention, when the start subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is determined according to the end subframe of the NB-PDCCH and the scheduling timing interval indication, the set of the scheduling timing interval used is a finite value, The values of the elements in the set of values are consecutive or spaced, and the set of values is fixed or configured by the system information block SIB or the radio access control RRC, where the scheduling timing interval indication indicates that the end subframe of the NB-PDCCH is The starting subframe of the NB-PDSCH or NB-PUSCH.
在本发明的实施例中,该调度定时间隔指示包括以下方式之一:单一指示,以及两级指 示,In an embodiment of the present invention, the scheduling timing interval indication includes one of the following modes: a single indication, and two levels of Show,
其中,该单一指示通过单一参数指示调度定时间隔,该两级指示的第一级指示为单一指示参数,该两级指示的第二级指示为该第一级指示的基础上再次指示偏移值,该偏移值取值集合为有限值,该取值集合固定或由SIB或RRC配置。The single indication indicates a scheduling timing interval by a single parameter, and the first level indication of the two-level indication is a single indication parameter, and the second level indication of the two-level indication indicates that the offset value is again indicated on the basis of the first level indication. The set of offset values is a finite value, and the set of values is fixed or configured by SIB or RRC.
在本发明的实施例中,该取值集合中元素的取值包括以下方式至少之一:In an embodiment of the present invention, the value of the element in the set of values includes at least one of the following manners:
2x,其中x为集中{0、1、2、3、…、20}中至少之一;2 x , where x is at least one of the set {0, 1, 2, 3, ..., 20};
无线帧长度的整数倍;如{10、20、30、40、…};An integer multiple of the length of the wireless frame; such as {10, 20, 30, 40, ...};
一个传输块占用的子帧数的整数倍;如一个传输块最大占用6个子帧,则取值元素可能为{6、12、18、24、….};An integer multiple of the number of subframes occupied by a transport block; if a transport block occupies a maximum of 6 subframes, the value elements may be {6, 12, 18, 24, ....};
控制信道占用子帧数的整数倍;k×2x,其中k为大于或大于等于0的正整数。The control channel occupies an integer multiple of the number of subframes; k x 2 x , where k is a positive integer greater than or greater than zero.
在本发明的实施例中,该取值集合中元素的最大值确定方式包括以下至少之一:调度窗或调度周期或资源分配周期的长度,固定或基站配置的唯一值,根据不同覆盖等级分别确定,根据覆盖等级至少之一确定,根据上行单载波传输确定,根据上行子载波间隔确定。In an embodiment of the present invention, the maximum value determining manner of the element in the value set includes at least one of: a scheduling window or a scheduling period or a length of a resource allocation period, a fixed value or a unique value of a base station configuration, respectively, according to different coverage levels. Determining, determining according to at least one of the coverage levels, determining according to the uplink single carrier transmission, and determining according to the uplink subcarrier spacing.
在本发明的实施例中,该取值集合中元素的最大值确定方式包括以下至少之一:调度窗或调度周期或资源分配周期的长度,固定或基站配置的唯一值,根据不同覆盖等级分别确定,根据覆盖等级至少之一确定,根据上行单载波传输确定,根据上行子载波间隔确定。In an embodiment of the present invention, the maximum value determining manner of the element in the value set includes at least one of: a scheduling window or a scheduling period or a length of a resource allocation period, a fixed value or a unique value of a base station configuration, respectively, according to different coverage levels. Determining, determining according to at least one of the coverage levels, determining according to the uplink single carrier transmission, and determining according to the uplink subcarrier spacing.
需要说明的是,该取值集合中元素的最大值确定方式包括以下至少之一:调度窗或调度周期或资源分配周期的长度,即取值集合中元素的最大值等于或不大于调度窗或周期的长度;固定或基站配置的唯一值,即取值集合中最大值是唯一的取值;根据不同覆盖等级分别确定,此时不同覆盖等级对应的最大值不同;根据覆盖等级至少之一确定,即此时允许不同覆盖等级对应的最大值相同,如覆盖等级0和1对应的最大值相同,覆盖等级2和3对应的最大值相同;根据上行单载波传输确定,即上行单载波传输时对应的最大值与上行多载波传输时对应的最大值不同;根据上行子载波间隔确定,例如上行3.75kHz子载波间隔对应的最大值与上行15kHz子载波间隔对应的最大值不同。It should be noted that the maximum value determining manner of the elements in the value set includes at least one of the following: a scheduling window or a scheduling period or a length of a resource allocation period, that is, a maximum value of an element in the value set is equal to or not greater than a scheduling window or The length of the period; the unique value of the fixed or base station configuration, that is, the maximum value in the set of values is a unique value; determined according to different coverage levels, respectively, the maximum values corresponding to different coverage levels are different; determined according to at least one of the coverage levels That is, the maximum values corresponding to different coverage levels are allowed to be the same at this time, for example, the maximum values corresponding to coverage levels 0 and 1 are the same, and the maximum values corresponding to coverage levels 2 and 3 are the same; determined according to uplink single carrier transmission, that is, uplink single carrier transmission The corresponding maximum value is different from the maximum value corresponding to the uplink multi-carrier transmission; according to the uplink sub-carrier spacing, for example, the maximum value corresponding to the uplink 3.75 kHz sub-carrier spacing is different from the maximum value corresponding to the uplink 15 kHz sub-carrier spacing.
在本发明的实施例中,该NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的起始子帧根据该调度窗内的资源分配确定时,调度定时间隔取值为小于该调度窗的窗长的任意值,该调度窗内资源分配使用不超过X个PRB或子帧的连续资源分配,其中,X取值小于调度窗长,X优选6,该调度定时间隔为该NB-PDCCH的结束子帧至NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的起始子帧,In the embodiment of the present invention, when the starting subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is determined according to the resource allocation in the scheduling window, the scheduling timing interval is an arbitrary value smaller than the window length of the scheduling window, where The resource allocation in the scheduling window uses a continuous resource allocation of no more than X PRBs or subframes, where X is smaller than the scheduling window length, X is preferably 6, and the scheduling timing interval is the ending subframe of the NB-PDCCH to the NB-PDSCH. Or the starting subframe of the NB-PUSCH,
需要说明的是上述调度窗也可以用其他术语表示,如调度周期,资源分配周期,资源分配范围等。It should be noted that the above scheduling window may also be represented by other terms, such as a scheduling period, a resource allocation period, a resource allocation range, and the like.
在本发明的实施例中,该NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的该起始子帧根据调度窗内的资源分配确定时,还根据DCI动态指示的偏移值联合确定,该NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH占用 的子帧资源跨越调度窗或仅在调度窗内。In the embodiment of the present invention, when the initial subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is determined according to the resource allocation in the scheduling window, the NB-PDSCH or the NB is jointly determined according to the offset value dynamically indicated by the DCI. -PUSCH occupation The sub-frame resources span the scheduling window or only within the scheduling window.
在本发明的实施例中,在覆盖增强场景使用该资源分配确定的资源重复传输R次时,包含以下方式至少之一:基于调度窗内的资源分配,仅在调度窗间重复传输R次;基于调度窗内的资源分配,在调度窗内重复传输Rin次,在调度窗间重复Rout次,其中,R、Rin和Rout中的至少之一,由RRC或SIB或DCI进行通知,R、Rin和Rout均为正整数。In an embodiment of the present invention, when the coverage enhancement scenario uses the resource allocation determined resource to repeatedly transmit R times, at least one of the following manners is adopted: based on resource allocation in the scheduling window, only R times are repeatedly transmitted between the scheduling windows; Based on resource allocation in the scheduling window, Rin times are repeatedly transmitted in the scheduling window, and Rout times are repeated between the scheduling windows, wherein at least one of R, Rin, and Rout is notified by RRC or SIB or DCI, R, Rin And Rout are both positive integers.
在本发明的实施例中,该NB-PDCCH重复传输R次数时,包含以下方式至少之一:在R不大于或小于Rx时,仅在调度窗内重复传输R次;在R大于Rx时,仅在调度窗间重复传输R次;在R大于Rx时,在调度窗内重复传输Rin次,在调度窗间重复Rout次,其中,R、Rin和Rout、Rx中的至少之一,由RRC、SIB或DCI进行通知,Rx、R、Rin和Rout均为正整数。In the embodiment of the present invention, when the NB-PDCCH repeatedly transmits the R times, at least one of the following manners is included: when R is not greater than or less than Rx, the transmission is repeated only R times in the scheduling window; when R is greater than Rx, Repeatedly transmitting R times only between the scheduling windows; when R is greater than Rx, Rin times are repeatedly transmitted in the scheduling window, and Rout times are repeated between the scheduling windows, wherein at least one of R, Rin, Rout, and Rx is used by RRC. , SIB or DCI notification, Rx, R, Rin and Rout are positive integers.
在本发明的实施例中,该R、Rin、Rout、Rx取值确定方式包括以下至少之一:In the embodiment of the present invention, the R, Rin, Rout, and Rx value determining manners include at least one of the following:
R、Rin、Rout和Rx中至少之一取值为2x,其中x为集中{0、1、2、3、…、20}中至少之一;At least one of R, Rin, Rout, and Rx takes a value of 2 x , where x is at least one of the set {0, 1, 2, 3, ..., 20};
R=Rin×Rout;R=Rin×Rout;
R、Rin和Rout中至少之一根据不同覆盖等级确定为不同的固定值,或由基站配置一个或一组值,且配置为一组值时具体取值在DCI中通知;At least one of R, Rin, and Rout is determined to be a different fixed value according to different coverage levels, or one or a set of values is configured by the base station, and the specific value is notified in the DCI when configured as a set of values;
Rx和/或Rin根据覆盖等级、调度窗长和最大重复次数中至少之一确定。Rx and/or Rin are determined according to at least one of a coverage level, a scheduling window length, and a maximum number of repetitions.
例如:Rx和或Rin根据常规覆盖确定为4;或者Rx和或Rin根据调度窗长确定为不大于调度窗长的取值;或者Rx和或Rin根据调度窗长和最大重复次数确定为不大于调度窗长和最大重复次数的取值;For example, Rx and Rin are determined to be 4 according to the regular coverage; or Rx and or Rin are determined to be not greater than the value of the scheduling window according to the scheduling window length; or Rx and or Rin are determined to be not greater than the scheduling window length and the maximum number of repetitions. The value of the scheduling window length and the maximum number of repetitions;
例如,在调度窗长为32ms的窗内通过资源分配确定NB-PDSCH占用第6-11子帧,通过DCI中3bit信息指示取值集合{1、2、4、8、16、32、64、128}中的R=32用于NB-PDSCH传输,方式一为在32个调度窗中重复传输,且在各个窗中占用相同子帧位置;方式二为基站再通知调度窗内重复Rin=4次,Rout通过Rmax/Rin=8隐含得For example, in the window with a scheduling window length of 32 ms, it is determined by the resource allocation that the NB-PDSCH occupies the 6th-11th subframe, and the 3-bit information in the DCI indicates the value set {1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, R=32 in 128} is used for NB-PDSCH transmission, mode 1 is repeated transmission in 32 scheduling windows, and the same subframe position is occupied in each window; mode 2 is that the base station re-notifies the scheduling window to repeat Rin=4 Times, Rout is implicit by Rmax/Rin=8
到,此时NB-PDSCH在8个调度窗中重复传输且在调度窗内重复传输4次。At this time, the NB-PDSCH repeats transmission in 8 scheduling windows and repeats transmission 4 times in the scheduling window.
在本发明的实施例中,该NB-PDSCH在时域上占用连续子帧,该占用连续子帧的数量的确定方式包括以下至少之一:In an embodiment of the present invention, the NB-PDSCH occupies consecutive subframes in the time domain, and the manner of determining the number of consecutive subframes includes at least one of the following:
在预定指示范围内与该起始子帧联合编码,使用连续资源分配;Coding with the starting subframe within a predetermined indication range, using continuous resource allocation;
在有限取值集合中单独指示,该有限取值集合中元素为连续取值或间隔取值。It is indicated separately in the finite value set that the elements in the finite value set are consecutive values or intervals.
在本发明的实施例中,该NB-PDCCH在1个PRB对(pair)中或1个子帧使用的窄带控制信道单元NB-CCE占用资源的方式包括以下之一: In an embodiment of the present invention, the manner in which the NB-PDCCH occupies resources in a narrowband control channel unit NB-CCE used in one PRB pair or one subframe includes one of the following:
在所有正交频分复用OFDM符号占用相同的连续或非连续的6个子载波;All OFDM symbols occupying the same continuous or non-contiguous 6 subcarriers in all orthogonal frequency division multiplexing;
在不同OFDM符号占用不同的非连续的6个子载波;Different non-contiguous 6 subcarriers are occupied in different OFDM symbols;
在不同OFDM符号占用不同的连续的6个子载波。Different consecutive 6 subcarriers are occupied in different OFDM symbols.
需要说明的是,该NB-CCE根据不同小区ID(cell ID)在子帧中或OFDM符号中占用不同资源。如不同小区所使用的NB-CCE图样在上述多种占用资源方式或同一种占用资源方式中使用不同的具体资源。It should be noted that the NB-CCE occupies different resources in a subframe or an OFDM symbol according to different cell IDs. For example, the NB-CCE pattern used by different cells uses different specific resources in the above multiple resource occupation modes or the same resource occupation mode.
需要说明的是,PRB pair,具体指频域上包含12个子载波,时域上包含12或14个OFDM符号。其中14个OFDM符号时是使用normal CP,12个OFDM符号时是使用Extended CP。It should be noted that the PRB pair specifically includes 12 subcarriers in the frequency domain and 12 or 14 OFDM symbols in the time domain. Among them, 14 OFDM symbols use normal CP, and 12 OFDM symbols use Extended CP.
在本发明的实施例中,该NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间包括1个或多个聚合等级,并且不同该聚合等级在不同重复次数对应的候选集数量确定方式包括以下至少之一:In the embodiment of the present invention, the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located includes one or more aggregation levels, and the manner of determining the number of candidate sets corresponding to the different repetition times of the aggregation level includes at least one of the following:
不同聚合等级在不同重复次数时的候选集数量均为1;The number of candidate sets for different aggregation levels at different repetition times is 1;
不同聚合等级在不同重复次数时的候选集数量不同;Different aggregation levels have different number of candidate sets at different repetition times;
聚合等级1对应的候选集数量大于1;The number of candidate sets corresponding to aggregation level 1 is greater than one;
非最大重复次数对应的该候选集的数量大于1;The number of the candidate sets corresponding to the non-maximum number of repetitions is greater than one;
重复次数大于或大于等于门限值Rx时,该候选集的数量等于1,重复次数小于或小于等于Rx时,该候选集的数量大于1。When the number of repetitions is greater than or equal to the threshold value Rx, the number of candidate sets is equal to 1, and when the number of repetitions is less than or less than or equal to Rx, the number of candidate sets is greater than one.
在本发明的实施例中,该调度窗长度根据资源单元的长度、调度定时间隔、非连续传输间隔至少之一确定,调度窗长度由eNB通过SIB或RRC配置,或固定长度。确定方式包括以下至少之一:In an embodiment of the present invention, the scheduling window length is determined according to at least one of a length of a resource unit, a scheduling timing interval, and a discontinuous transmission interval, and the scheduling window length is configured by the eNB through SIB or RRC, or a fixed length. The determination method includes at least one of the following:
该长度大于资源单元的长度、调度定时间隔、非连续传输间隔至少之一;The length is greater than at least one of a length of a resource unit, a scheduling timing interval, and a discontinuous transmission interval;
该长度为资源单元的长度、调度定时间隔、非连续传输间隔至少之一的整数倍;The length is an integer multiple of at least one of a length of a resource unit, a scheduling timing interval, and a discontinuous transmission interval;
该长度满足2x,其中x为集中{1、2、3、…、20}中至少之一;The length satisfies 2 x , where x is at least one of the concentrations {1, 2, 3, ..., 20};
该长度满足无线帧长的整数倍。This length satisfies an integer multiple of the length of the radio frame.
在本发明的实施例中,上行调度窗长度与下行调度窗长度相同,固定或统一配置;或者,上行调度窗长与下行调度窗长独立配置或取不同的固定值。In the embodiment of the present invention, the length of the uplink scheduling window is the same as that of the downlink scheduling window, and is fixed or unified. Alternatively, the uplink scheduling window length and the downlink scheduling window are independently configured or take different fixed values.
例如,一个RU占用32ms时,窗长为32的整数倍,优选窗长为集合{32、64、128、256、512、768、1024、1280、1536、1792、2048}中的至少之一。For example, when one RU occupies 32 ms, the window length is an integer multiple of 32, and preferably the window length is at least one of the set {32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 768, 1024, 1280, 1536, 1792, 2048}.
在本发明的实施例中,该NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的起始子帧根据调度窗长、偏移值、最大重复次数Rmax和资源分配周期中至少之一确定。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the starting subframe of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located is determined according to at least one of a scheduling window length, an offset value, a maximum repetition number Rmax, and a resource allocation period.
在本发明的实施例中,该起始子帧根据周期T和偏移值offset确定时,起始子帧位置、起始子帧加上偏移值的位置或起始子帧减去偏移值的位置是T的整数倍的位置,其中,偏移值不大于调度窗长,其中,周期T为调度窗长,调度周期或资源分配周期,或者是调度窗长,调度周期或资源分配周期的整数倍。In the embodiment of the present invention, when the starting subframe is determined according to the period T and the offset value offset, the starting subframe position, the position of the starting subframe plus the offset value, or the starting subframe minus the offset The position of the value is an integer multiple of T, wherein the offset value is not greater than the scheduling window length, wherein the period T is a scheduling window length, a scheduling period or a resource allocation period, or a scheduling window length, a scheduling period, or a resource allocation period. Integer multiple.
需要说明的是,偏移值offset小于窗长1/2,1/4.预定义或基站配置的值,如0、1、2、3。It should be noted that the offset value offset is less than the window length 1/2, 1/4. The value of the predefined or base station configuration, such as 0, 1, 2, 3.
优选k mode N=0,或(k–offset)mode N=0,或(k+offset)mode N=0其中
Figure PCTCN2016111357-appb-000002
ns表示时隙号,SFN是无线帧号,k表示起始子帧,N表示调度窗长或调度窗长的整数倍,offset表示偏移值。
Preferably k mode N=0, or (k–offset)mode N=0, or (k+offset)mode N=0
Figure PCTCN2016111357-appb-000002
n s represents the slot number, SFN is the radio frame number, k represents the starting subframe, N represents the scheduling window length or an integer multiple of the scheduling window length, and offset represents the offset value.
下面结合优选实施例和实施方式对本发明进行详细说明。The invention will now be described in detail in conjunction with the preferred embodiments and embodiments.
在上述实施例中,该NB-PDCCH在1个PRB pair中或1个子帧使用的NB-CCE具体占用资源包括以下方式之一:In the above embodiment, the NB-CCE specifically occupied by the NB-PDCCH in one PRB pair or one subframe includes one of the following modes:
在所有OFDM符号占用相同的连续或非连续的6个子载波;具体为,图6是根据本发明的优选实施例的该NB-CCE在所有OFDM符号占用相同的连续的6个子载波的示意图,占用相同的连续6个子载波包括:在所有OFDM符号中占用子载波0-11中前6个或后6个(如图6所示)。图7是根据本发明的优选实施例的该NB-CCE在所有OFDM符号占用相同的非连续的6个子载波的示意图,占用相同的非连续6个子载波包括:(1)占用奇数子载波或偶数子载波(如图7所示);(2)以连续2或3个子载波在12个子载波间等间隔占用,如NB-CCE#0占用子载波{0、1、4、5、8、9}或{0、1、2、6、7、8}。(3)以连续2或4个子载波在12个子载波间非连续占用,如NB-CCE#0占用子载波{0、1、4、5、6、7}或{0、1、6、7、8、9}。The same contiguous or non-contiguous 6 subcarriers are occupied in all OFDM symbols; in particular, FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the NB-CCE occupying the same consecutive 6 subcarriers in all OFDM symbols according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention, occupying The same consecutive 6 subcarriers include: occupying the first 6 or the last 6 of the subcarriers 0-11 in all OFDM symbols (as shown in FIG. 6). 7 is a schematic diagram of the NB-CCE occupying the same non-contiguous 6 subcarriers in all OFDM symbols according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention, occupying the same non-contiguous 6 subcarriers including: (1) occupying odd subcarriers or even numbers Subcarrier (as shown in Figure 7); (2) equally spaced between 12 subcarriers with 2 or 3 consecutive subcarriers, such as NB-CCE#0 occupying subcarriers {0, 1, 4, 5, 8, 9 } or {0, 1, 2, 6, 7, 8}. (3) Non-continuous occupation between 12 subcarriers with 2 or 4 consecutive subcarriers, such as NB-CCE#0 occupying subcarriers {0, 1, 4, 5, 6, 7} or {0, 1, 6, 7 8,9,9}.
在不同OFDM符号占用不同的非连续的6个子载波;具体为,图8是根据本发明的优选实施例的该NB-CCE在不同OFDM符号占用不同的非连续的6个子载波的示意图,两个NB-CCE使用的RE能够保证SFBC pair是相邻RE,但NB-CCE占用的不是连续6个子载波,如图8所示。Different non-contiguous 6 subcarriers are occupied in different OFDM symbols; specifically, FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the NB-CCE occupying different non-contiguous 6 subcarriers in different OFDM symbols according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention, two The RE used by the NB-CCE can ensure that the SFBC pair is a neighboring RE, but the NB-CCE does not occupy six consecutive subcarriers, as shown in FIG.
在不同OFDM符号占用不同的连续的6个子载波;具体为,两个NB-CCE使用的RE能够保证SFBC pair是相邻RE并且NB-CCE占用的是连续6个子载波,但NB-CCE在不同OFDM符号占用的连续6子载波不同。例如:奇数OFDM符号使用相同的6个子载波,偶数OFDM符号使用另外的6个载波,图9是根据本发明的优选实施例的该NB-CCE在不同OFDM符号占用不同的连续的6个子载波的示意图一,如图9所示;图10是根据本发明的优选实施例的该NB-CCE在不同OFDM符号占用不同的连续的6个子载波的示意图二,时隙0中OFDM符号使用相同的6个子载波,时隙1中OFDM符号使用另外的6个子载波,如图10所示。一部分OFDM符号使用相同的6个子载波,另一部分OFDM符号使用另外的6个子载波。Different OFDM symbols occupy different consecutive 6 subcarriers; specifically, the REs used by the two NB-CCEs can ensure that the SFBC pair is a neighboring RE and the NB-CCE occupies 6 consecutive subcarriers, but the NB-CCE is different. The contiguous 6 subcarriers occupied by the OFDM symbols are different. For example, an odd OFDM symbol uses the same 6 subcarriers, and an even OFDM symbol uses another 6 carriers. FIG. 9 is a NB-CCE occupying different consecutive 6 subcarriers in different OFDM symbols according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. 1 is shown in FIG. 9; FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram 2 of the NB-CCE occupying different consecutive 6 subcarriers in different OFDM symbols according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention, and the OFDM symbols in slot 0 use the same 6 For each subcarrier, the OFDM symbol in slot 1 uses another 6 subcarriers, as shown in FIG. One part of the OFDM symbols uses the same 6 subcarriers, and the other part of the OFDM symbols uses the other 6 subcarriers.
在本发明的实施例中,该NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间包括1个或多个聚合等级,并且不同该聚合等级在不同重复次数对应的候选集数量确定方式包括以下至少之一:In the embodiment of the present invention, the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located includes one or more aggregation levels, and the manner of determining the number of candidate sets corresponding to the different repetition times of the aggregation level includes at least one of the following:
不同聚合等级在不同重复次数时的候选集数量均为1;例如:{L,R,候选集数量}=[{1,R1,1}、 {1,R2,1}、{1,R3,1}、{1,R4,1}、{2,R1,1}、{2,R2,1}、{2,R3,1}、{2,R4,1}]或者{L,R,候选集数量}=[{2,R1,1}、{2,R2,1}、{2,R3,1}、{2,R4,1}]The number of candidate sets for different aggregation levels at different repetition times is 1; for example: {L, R, number of candidate sets} = [{1, R1, 1}, {1, R2, 1}, {1, R3, 1}, {1, R4, 1}, {2, R1, 1}, {2, R2, 1}, {2, R3, 1}, {2 , R4, 1}] or {L, R, number of candidate sets} = [{2, R1, 1}, {2, R2, 1}, {2, R3, 1}, {2, R4, 1}]
不同聚合等级在不同重复次数时的候选集数量不同;例如:{L,R,候选集数量}=[{1,1,16}、{2,1,8}、{2,2,4}、{2,4,2}、{2,8,1}]或者[{2,1,4}、{2,2,4}、{2,4,1}、{2,8,1}]Different aggregation levels have different number of candidate sets at different repetition times; for example: {L, R, number of candidate sets}=[{1,1,16}, {2,1,8}, {2,2,4} , {2, 4, 2}, {2, 8, 1}] or [{2,1,4}, {2,2,4}, {2,4,1}, {2,8,1} ]
聚合等级1对应的候选集数量大于1;{L,R,候选集数量}=例如:{L,R,候选集数量}=[{1,R1,16}、{2,R1,8}、{2,R2,4}、{2,R3,2}、{2,R4,1}]或者[{1,R1,16}、{2,R1,8}、{2,R2,1}、{2,R3,1}、{2,R4,1}]或者[{1,1,8}、{2,1,4}、{2,2,2}、{2,4,1}]或者[{1,R1,4}、{1,R2,2}、{1,R3,1}、{1,R4,1}、{2,R1,1}、{2,R2,1}、{2,R3,1}、{2,R4,1}]The number of candidate sets corresponding to aggregation level 1 is greater than 1; {L, R, number of candidate sets} = for example: {L, R, number of candidate sets} = [{1, R1, 16}, {2, R1, 8}, {2, R2, 4}, {2, R3, 2}, {2, R4, 1}] or [{1, R1, 16}, {2, R1, 8}, {2, R2, 1}, {2, R3, 1}, {2, R4, 1}] or [{1,1,8}, {2,1,4}, {2,2,2}, {2,4,1}] Or [{1, R1, 4}, {1, R2, 2}, {1, R3, 1}, {1, R4, 1}, {2, R1, 1}, {2, R2, 1}, {2, R3, 1}, {2, R4, 1}]
非最大重复次数对应的该候选集的数量大于1;例如:{L,R,候选集数量}=[{1,R1,8}、{1,R2,4}、{1,R3,2}、{1,R4,1}、{2,R1,8}、{2,R2,4}、{2,R3,2}、{2,R4,1}]或者{L,R,候选集数量}=[{2,R1,8}、{2,R2,4}、{2,R3,2}、{2,R4,1}]The number of candidate sets corresponding to the non-maximum number of repetitions is greater than 1; for example: {L, R, number of candidate sets} = [{1, R1, 8}, {1, R2, 4}, {1, R3, 2} , {1, R4, 1}, {2, R1, 8}, {2, R2, 4}, {2, R3, 2}, {2, R4, 1}] or {L, R, number of candidate sets }=[{2,R1,8}, {2,R2,4}, {2,R3,2},{2,R4,1}]
重复次数大于或大于等于门限值Rx时,该候选集的数量等于1,重复次数小于或小于等于Rx时,该候选集的数量大于1。例如:{L,R,候选集数量}=[{1,R1,8}、{1,R2,4}、{1,R3,1}、{1,R4,1}、{2,R1,8}、{2,R2,4}、{2,R3,1}、{2,R4,1}]或者[{2,R1,8}、{2,R2,4}、{2,R3,1}、{2,R4,1}]或者[{2,R1,8}、{2,R2,1}、{2,R3,1}、{2,R4,1}]或者[{1,1,8}、{2,1,4}、{2,2,1}、{2,4,1}]或者[{1,1,8}、{2,1,1}、{2,2,1}、{2,4,1}]。When the number of repetitions is greater than or equal to the threshold value Rx, the number of candidate sets is equal to 1, and when the number of repetitions is less than or less than or equal to Rx, the number of candidate sets is greater than one. For example: {L, R, number of candidate sets} = [{1, R1, 8}, {1, R2, 4}, {1, R3, 1}, {1, R4, 1}, {2, R1, 8}, {2, R2, 4}, {2, R3, 1}, {2, R4, 1}] or [{2, R1, 8}, {2, R2, 4}, {2, R3, 1}, {2, R4, 1}] or [{2, R1, 8}, {2, R2, 1}, {2, R3, 1}, {2, R4, 1}] or [{1, 1,8}, {2,1,4}, {2,2,1}, {2,4,1}] or [{1,1,8}, {2,1,1}, {2, 2,1}, {2,4,1}].
需要说明的是,候选集的数量大于1为占满搜索空间或者尽可能占满搜索空间,不同聚合等级对应的候选集的数量相同,或者,小聚合等级对应的候选集的数量是大聚合等级对应的候选集的数量的倍数,例如,聚合等级1对应的候选集的数量是聚合等级2对应的候选集的数量的倍数It should be noted that the number of candidate sets is greater than 1 to occupy the search space or to fill the search space as much as possible, and the number of candidate sets corresponding to different aggregation levels is the same, or the number of candidate sets corresponding to the small aggregation level is a large aggregation level. a multiple of the number of corresponding candidate sets, for example, the number of candidate sets corresponding to the aggregation level 1 is a multiple of the number of candidate sets corresponding to the aggregation level 2
具体的,若搜索空间仅包含一个或两个聚合等级,该聚合等级对应的重复次数例如为R1、R2、R3、R4,其中8R1=4R2=2R3=R4,对于非最大重复次数至少之一对应的候选集数量大于1。R取值为集合{1、2、4、8、16、32、64、128、256}中至少之一。搜索空间范围在频域上为1个PRB,时域上为基站配置的最大重复次数Rmax=R4。其中AL=1重复R2与AL=2重复R1是等效的,因此可以对AL=1重复次数大于R1时可以不支持,或者仅支持AL=1以不重复的方式使用。几种搜索空间具体组成如下:(其中R4≥8)Specifically, if the search space only includes one or two aggregation levels, the number of repetitions corresponding to the aggregation level is, for example, R1, R2, R3, and R4, where 8R1=4R2=2R3=R4, and at least one of the non-maximum repetition times corresponds to The number of candidate sets is greater than one. R is at least one of the set {1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256}. The search space range is 1 PRB in the frequency domain, and the maximum number of repetitions Rmax=R4 configured for the base station in the time domain. Wherein AL=1 repeats R2 and AL=2 repeats R1 is equivalent, so it may be unsupported when AL=1 repetition times are greater than R1, or only AL=1 is used in a non-repetitive manner. The specific composition of several search spaces is as follows: (where R4 ≥ 8)
{L,R,候选集数量}=[{2,R1,8}、{2,R2,4}、{2,R3,2}、{2,R4,1}]{L, R, number of candidate sets} = [{2, R1, 8}, {2, R2, 4}, {2, R3, 2}, {2, R4, 1}]
{L,R,候选集数量}=[{1,R1,8}、{1,R2,4}、{1,R3,2}、{1,R4,1}{L, R, number of candidate sets} = [{1, R1, 8}, {1, R2, 4}, {1, R3, 2}, {1, R4, 1}
{2,R1,8}、{2,R2,4}、{2,R3,2}、{2,R4,1}]{2, R1, 8}, {2, R2, 4}, {2, R3, 2}, {2, R4, 1}]
{L,R,候选集数量}=[{1,R1,8}{L,R, number of candidate sets}=[{1,R1,8}
{2,R1,8}、{2,R2,4}、{2,R3,2}、{2,R4,1}]{2, R1, 8}, {2, R2, 4}, {2, R3, 2}, {2, R4, 1}]
{L,R,候选集数量}=[{1,1,8} {L,R, number of candidate sets}=[{1,1,8}
{2,R1,8}、{2,R2,4}、{2,R3,2}、{2,R4,1}]{2, R1, 8}, {2, R2, 4}, {2, R3, 2}, {2, R4, 1}]
{L,R,候选集数量}=[{1,1,2}{L,R, number of candidate sets}=[{1,1,2}
{2,R1,8}、{2,R2,4}、{2,R3,2}、{2,R4,1}]{2, R1, 8}, {2, R2, 4}, {2, R3, 2}, {2, R4, 1}]
或者为了考虑到终端的盲检复杂度,对于重复次数为非最大重复次数在上述基础上进行限制,如通过RRC或SIB信令配置具体的候选集数量。或者对于AL=2时所有R的候选集数量均为1。或者对于AL=1或AL=2对应的非最大R对应的候选集都进行限制。如R小于Rx时候选集数量大于1,大于Rx时候选集数量为1。Or, in order to consider the blind detection complexity of the terminal, the number of repetitions is a non-maximum repetition number, and the specific number of candidate sets is configured by RRC or SIB signaling. Or for AL = 2, the number of candidate sets for all R is 1. Or, the candidate set corresponding to the non-maximum R corresponding to AL=1 or AL=2 is limited. If the number of candidate sets is greater than 1 when R is less than Rx, the number of candidate sets is greater than 1 when Rx is greater than Rx.
几种搜索空间具体组成如下:(其中AL1具有候选集数量大于1时,优选先频域后时域)The specific composition of several search spaces is as follows: (where AL1 has a number of candidate sets greater than 1, preferably a frequency domain after the time domain)
{L,R,候选集数量}=[{2,R1,4}、{2,R2,2}、{2,R3,1}、{2,R4,1}]{L, R, number of candidate sets} = [{2, R1, 4}, {2, R2, 2}, {2, R3, 1}, {2, R4, 1}]
{L,R,候选集数量}=[{2,R1,8}、{2,R2,4}、{2,R3,1}、{2,R4,1}]{L, R, number of candidate sets} = [{2, R1, 8}, {2, R2, 4}, {2, R3, 1}, {2, R4, 1}]
{L,R,候选集数量}=[{2,R1,8}、{2,R2,1}、{2,R3,1}、{2,R4,1}]{L, R, number of candidate sets} = [{2, R1, 8}, {2, R2, 1}, {2, R3, 1}, {2, R4, 1}]
{L,R,候选集数量}=[{1,R1,8}、{1,R2,4}、{1,R3,2}、{1,R4,1}{L, R, number of candidate sets} = [{1, R1, 8}, {1, R2, 4}, {1, R3, 2}, {1, R4, 1}
{2,R1,1}、{2,R2,1}、{2,R3,1}、{2,R4,1}]{2, R1, 1}, {2, R2, 1}, {2, R3, 1}, {2, R4, 1}]
{L,R,候选集数量}=[{1,R1,8}、{1,R2,1}、{1,R3,1}、{1,R4,1}{L, R, number of candidate sets} = [{1, R1, 8}, {1, R2, 1}, {1, R3, 1}, {1, R4, 1}
{2,R1,8}、{2,R2,1}、{2,R3,1}、{2,R4,1}]{2, R1, 8}, {2, R2, 1}, {2, R3, 1}, {2, R4, 1}]
{L,R,候选集数量}=[{1,R1,8}、{1,R2,4}、{1,R3,1}、{1,R4,1}{L, R, number of candidate sets} = [{1, R1, 8}, {1, R2, 4}, {1, R3, 1}, {1, R4, 1}
{2,R1,8}、{2,R2,4}、{2,R3,1}、{2,R4,1}]{2, R1, 8}, {2, R2, 4}, {2, R3, 1}, {2, R4, 1}]
{L,R,候选集数量}=[{1,R1,4}、{1,R2,2}、{1,R3,1}、{1,R4,1}{L, R, number of candidate sets} = [{1, R1, 4}, {1, R2, 2}, {1, R3, 1}, {1, R4, 1}
{2,R1,2}、{2,R2,2}、{2,R3,1}、{2,R4,1}]{2, R1, 2}, {2, R2, 2}, {2, R3, 1}, {2, R4, 1}]
{L,R,候选集数量}=[{1,R1,2}、{1,R2,1}、{1,R3,1}、{1,R4,1}{L, R, number of candidate sets} = [{1, R1, 2}, {1, R2, 1}, {1, R3, 1}, {1, R4, 1}
{2,R1,1}、{2,R2,1}、{2,R3,1}、{2,R4,1}]{2, R1, 1}, {2, R2, 1}, {2, R3, 1}, {2, R4, 1}]
{L,R,候选集数量}=[{1,R1,2}、{1,R2,2}、{1,R3,2}、{1,R4,2}{L, R, number of candidate sets} = [{1, R1, 2}, {1, R2, 2}, {1, R3, 2}, {1, R4, 2}
{2,R1,1}、{2,R2,1}、{2,R3,1}、{2,R4,1}]{2, R1, 1}, {2, R2, 1}, {2, R3, 1}, {2, R4, 1}]
{L,R,候选集数量}=[{1,R1,1}、{1,R2,1}、{1,R3,1}、{1,R4,1}{L, R, number of candidate sets} = [{1, R1, 1}, {1, R2, 1}, {1, R3, 1}, {1, R4, 1}
{2,R1,1}、{2,R2,1}、{2,R3,1}、{2,R4,1}]{2, R1, 1}, {2, R2, 1}, {2, R3, 1}, {2, R4, 1}]
{L,R,候选集数量}=[{1,R1,8}{L,R, number of candidate sets}=[{1,R1,8}
{2,R1,4}、{2,R2,2}、{2,R3,2}、{2,R4,1}] {2, R1, 4}, {2, R2, 2}, {2, R3, 2}, {2, R4, 1}]
{L,R,候选集数量}=[{1,R1,8}{L,R, number of candidate sets}=[{1,R1,8}
{2,R1,1}、{2,R2,1}、{2,R3,1}、{2,R4,1}]{2, R1, 1}, {2, R2, 1}, {2, R3, 1}, {2, R4, 1}]
{L,R,候选集数量}=[{1,R1,2}{L,R, number of candidate sets}=[{1,R1,2}
{2,R1,1}、{2,R2,1}、{2,R3,1}、{2,R4,1}]{2, R1, 1}, {2, R2, 1}, {2, R3, 1}, {2, R4, 1}]
{L,R,候选集数量}=[{1,1,8}{L,R, number of candidate sets}=[{1,1,8}
{2,R1,8}、{2,R2,4}、{2,R3,2}、{2,R4,1}]{2, R1, 8}, {2, R2, 4}, {2, R3, 2}, {2, R4, 1}]
{L,R,候选集数量}=[{1,1,8}{L,R, number of candidate sets}=[{1,1,8}
{2,R1,1}、{2,R2,1}、{2,R3,1}、{2,R4,1}]{2, R1, 1}, {2, R2, 1}, {2, R3, 1}, {2, R4, 1}]
{L,R,候选集数量}=[{1,1,2}{L,R, number of candidate sets}=[{1,1,2}
{2,R1,1}、{2,R2,1}、{2,R3,1}、{2,R4,1}]{2, R1, 1}, {2, R2, 1}, {2, R3, 1}, {2, R4, 1}]
需要说明的是,上述以R1-R4为例,也可以是R1-R2,R1-R8等其他数量的重复次数种类。It should be noted that R1 to R4 are exemplified above, and other numbers of repetition numbers such as R1-R2 and R1-R8 may be used.
特别的,对于Rmax为1或2或4或8时,此时主要用于normal覆盖场景,需要支持较多的用户,因此候选集应该尽量多一些,如占满或尽可能占满搜索空间所有可能位置,同时相对于LTE系统不增加最大盲检次数。具体候选集数量为:In particular, when the Rmax is 1 or 2 or 4 or 8, the time is mainly used for the normal coverage scenario, and more users need to be supported. Therefore, the candidate set should be as much as possible, such as occupying or filling up the search space as much as possible. Possible location, while not increasing the maximum number of blind checks relative to the LTE system. The number of specific candidate sets is:
若Rmax=1,则候选集{L,R,候选集数量}=[{1,1,2}、{2,1,1}];If Rmax=1, the candidate set {L, R, the number of candidate sets}=[{1,1,2}, {2,1,1}];
若Rmax=2,则候选集{L,R,候选集数量}=[{1,1,2}、{2,1,2}、{2,2,1}];或[{1,1,4}、{2,1,2}、{2,2,1}]If Rmax=2, the candidate set {L, R, the number of candidate sets}=[{1,1,2}, {2,1,2}, {2,2,1}]; or [{1,1 , 4}, {2, 1, 2}, {2, 2, 1}]
若Rmax=4,则候选集{L,R,候选集数量}=[{1,1,2}、{2,1,4}、{2,2,2}、{2,4,1}];或[{1,1,8}、{2,1,4}、{2,2,2}、{2,4,1}];或[{1,1,8}、{2,1,4}、{2,2,1}、{2,4,1}]If Rmax=4, the candidate set {L, R, the number of candidate sets}=[{1,1,2}, {2,1,4}, {2,2,2}, {2,4,1} ]; or [{1,1,8}, {2,1,4}, {2,2,2}, {2,4,1}]; or [{1,1,8}, {2, 1,4}, {2,2,1}, {2,4,1}]
若Rmax=8,则候选集{L,R,候选集数量}=[{1,1,2}、{2,1,8}、{2,2,4}、{2,4,2}、{2,8,1}];或[{1,1,16}、{2,1,8}、{2,2,4}、{2,4,2}、{2,8,1}];或[{1,1,16}、{2,1,8}、{2,2,1}、{2,4,1}、{2,8,1}]If Rmax=8, the candidate set {L, R, the number of candidate sets}=[{1,1,2}, {2,1,8}, {2,2,4}, {2,4,2} , {2,8,1}]; or [{1,1,16}, {2,1,8}, {2,2,4}, {2,4,2}, {2,8,1 }]; or [{1,1,16}, {2,1,8}, {2,2,1}, {2,4,1}, {2,8,1}]
实施例1Example 1
基于调度窗或调度周期,k值由资源分配(Resource Allocation,简称RA)隐含确定。Based on the scheduling window or scheduling period, the k value is implicitly determined by Resource Allocation (RA).
调度窗大小(窗长)或调度周期大小为T ms,T值固定或由基站配置。可选的T取值为无线帧的整数倍,如T=k×10ms;或窗长T=k×2.^x ms,x={0,1,2,3,5},k=1,2,…,K。K优选集合{1、2、4、8、16、32、64、128}或集合{1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10}中的元素。即可在调度窗中时间上包含整数个上行resource unit。上行资源单元在时间上全都是2.^x ms,x为集合{0,1,2,3,5},在确定窗长T时,优选x=5,k=1,T=32。优选可能的窗长为集合{16、32、64、128、256、512、768、1024、1280、1536、1792、2048}中的至少之一。在由基站配 置时,可以由SIB消息配置为小区内使用相同的窗长,或者由RRC消息为小区中各个UE独立配置窗长。The scheduling window size (window length) or scheduling period size is T ms, and the T value is fixed or configured by the base station. The optional T value is an integer multiple of the radio frame, such as T=k×10ms; or the window length T=k×2.^x ms, x={0,1,2,3,5}, k=1 , 2,...,K. K preferably aggregates elements in {1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128} or sets {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10}. An integer number of upstream resource units can be included in the schedule window at a time. The uplink resource units are all 2.^x ms in time, and x is a set {0, 1, 2, 3, 5}. When determining the window length T, it is preferable that x=5, k=1, and T=32. Preferably, the possible window length is at least one of the set {16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 768, 1024, 1280, 1536, 1792, 2048}. In the base station When set, the SIB message may be configured to use the same window length in the cell, or the RRC message may be used to independently configure the window length for each UE in the cell.
后续以调度窗为例进行说明。The following takes the scheduling window as an example for explanation.
在调度窗中,下行控制信道所在搜索空间由基站配置,不同的搜索空间集中在调度窗中前X个子帧中。调度相应的PDSCH位于同一个调度窗中,使用资源分配类型2或连续长度受限的资源分配类型2(如在窗长T=32ms中分配连续占用子帧数不超过6的PDSCH资源分配,此时资源分配使用
Figure PCTCN2016111357-appb-000003
在调度窗长
Figure PCTCN2016111357-appb-000004
时资源分配比特域为8bits),实现调度窗中任意起始位置以及占用。此时资源分配表示在时域上调度窗中占用连续的子帧数量和位置。
In the scheduling window, the search space where the downlink control channel is located is configured by the base station, and different search spaces are concentrated in the first X subframes in the scheduling window. Scheduling the corresponding PDSCH in the same scheduling window, using resource allocation type 2 or continuous length limited resource allocation type 2 (such as allocation of PDSCH resource allocation with no more than 6 consecutive occupied subframes in window length T=32ms, this Resource allocation
Figure PCTCN2016111357-appb-000003
In the scheduling window
Figure PCTCN2016111357-appb-000004
The resource allocation bit field is 8 bits), which implements any starting position and occupancy in the scheduling window. At this time, the resource allocation indicates the number and position of consecutive subframes occupied in the scheduling window on the time domain.
此时调度定时间隔k无需指示,通过窗内PDSCH资源分配隐含确定,即NB-PDSCH的起始子帧为资源分配确定的NB-PDSCH占用的连续子帧中的首个子帧,图11是根据本发明的优选实施例的该调度定时间隔由调度窗或调度周期内资源分配隐含确定的示意图,如图11所示。At this time, the scheduling timing interval k does not need to be indicated, and the PDSCH resource allocation in the window is implicitly determined, that is, the starting subframe of the NB-PDSCH is the first subframe in the contiguous subframe occupied by the NB-PDSCH determined by the resource allocation, and FIG. 11 is The scheduling timing interval according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention is implicitly determined by a resource allocation within a scheduling window or scheduling period, as shown in FIG.
方案优点:调度定时间隔k可以实现在调度窗长度范围内的任意取值。并且无需单独指示,利用资源分配类型2的特点,起始子帧位置和子帧占用数量联合编码,节省了控制信令开销。Advantages of the scheme: The scheduling timing interval k can achieve any value within the length of the scheduling window. Moreover, without separate indication, the characteristics of the resource allocation type 2 are used, and the starting subframe position and the number of subframe occupations are jointly coded, which saves control signaling overhead.
实施例2Example 2
基于调度窗,k值由RA隐含确定。可能NB-PDSCH的一个TB块超出窗长。Based on the scheduling window, the k value is implicitly determined by the RA. It is possible that one TB block of the NB-PDSCH exceeds the window length.
对于实施例1可能出现的下行业务的一个TB块超出窗长的情况。例如:(1)T=TB块占用的最大子帧,但是由于USS/CSS占用了前X个子帧,导致分配的NB-PDSCH占用的子帧数量超过窗长T。(2)即使配置T>TB块占用的最大子帧,由于控制信道重复传输,或者两个以上的NB-PDSCH被调度,同样可能导致分配的NB-PDSCH占用的子帧数量超过窗长T。For the case where one TB block of the downlink service that may occur in Embodiment 1 exceeds the window length. For example: (1) T=the largest subframe occupied by the TB block, but since the USS/CSS occupies the first X subframes, the number of subframes occupied by the allocated NB-PDSCH exceeds the window length T. (2) Even if the maximum subframe occupied by the T>TB block is configured, because the control channel is repeatedly transmitted, or two or more NB-PDSCHs are scheduled, the number of subframes occupied by the allocated NB-PDSCH may also exceed the window length T.
解决方式包括:Solutions include:
1.基站调度实现。即调度的NB-PDSCH仅在调度窗范围内,根据可用资源灵活调度。(现有LTE同样存在该问题,不同PDSCH的TB块并不能总占用最大的PRB数量,存在PRB数量不够用的情况。)1. Base station scheduling implementation. That is, the scheduled NB-PDSCH is only flexibly scheduled according to available resources within the scope of the scheduling window. (The existing LTE also has this problem. The TB blocks of different PDSCHs cannot always occupy the largest number of PRBs, and there are cases where the number of PRBs is insufficient.)
2.指示调度窗偏移。当在调度窗W(i)中调度的NB-PDSCH需要使用超过调度窗中剩余的子帧数量时,通过额外指示调度窗偏移值m,使得调度的NB-PDSCH可以位于本调度窗以及下一个调度窗中,即接连占用调度窗,图12是根据本发明的优选实施例的该调度定时间隔由调度窗或调度周期内资源分配以及结合动态偏移值确定的示意图,如图12所示。其中,m的值为RA的起始位置向后+m作为实际的起始位置。即此时RA仍然是在调度窗范围内的资源分配,但资源分配的结果可以向后进行偏移m个子帧。 2. Indicate the dispatch window offset. When the NB-PDSCH scheduled in the scheduling window W(i) needs to use more than the number of subframes remaining in the scheduling window, by additionally indicating the scheduling window offset value m, the scheduled NB-PDSCH can be located in the scheduling window and below. In a scheduling window, that is, the scheduling window is successively occupied, FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of the scheduling timing interval being determined by the resource allocation in the scheduling window or the scheduling period and combined with the dynamic offset value according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention, as shown in FIG. . Wherein, the value of m is the starting position of RA and the backward +m is taken as the actual starting position. That is, the RA is still the resource allocation within the scheduling window, but the result of the resource allocation can be offset by m subframes.
方案优点:类似于实施例1,此时增加了调度进一步的灵活性,减少窗内资源分配的限制。额外的增加了信令开销,指示偏移值。需要额外说明的是,在下一个调度窗中,USS/CSS配置由基站决定,并不一定是从调度窗中第一个子帧开始占用。Solution Advantages: Similar to Embodiment 1, this further increases the flexibility of scheduling and reduces the limitation of resource allocation within the window. Additional signaling overhead is added to indicate the offset value. It should be additionally noted that in the next scheduling window, the USS/CSS configuration is determined by the base station, and is not necessarily occupied from the first subframe in the scheduling window.
实施例3Example 3
无调度窗,基于DCI动态指示No scheduling window, based on DCI dynamic indication
对于覆盖增强重复传输,NB-PDCCH占满搜索空间的subframe set或PRB set,此时使用k=1,即固定定时间隔即可。For coverage enhanced repeated transmission, the NB-PDCCH fills the subframe set or PRB set of the search space, and k=1 is used at this time, that is, a fixed timing interval.
对于normal覆盖,搜索空间如果仅支持1个subframe,最多支持2个NB-PDCCH,此时k固定(如k=1),浪费一个NB-PDCCH。或者NB-PDSCH支持6子载波的资源单元,此时k=1,做到无资源浪费。当然1个subframe由一个NB-PDCCH占用,k=1调度占用整个PRB的NB-PDSCH即可。For normal coverage, if the search space supports only one subframe, it supports up to two NB-PDCCHs. At this time, k is fixed (such as k=1), and one NB-PDCCH is wasted. Or the NB-PDSCH supports resource elements of 6 subcarriers, and k=1 at this time, so that no resource waste is achieved. Of course, one subframe is occupied by one NB-PDCCH, and k=1 is scheduled to occupy the NB-PDSCH of the entire PRB.
另外,无论k是否固定,在FDM复用方式下,对于频域指示,具体包括两种方式:一种为隐含指示,即NB-PDSCH所在频域子载波与调度其NB-CCE位于相同子子载波位置;另一种为通过DCI中比特域直接指示频域位置。In addition, whether the k is fixed or not, in the FDM multiplexing mode, the frequency domain indication includes two modes: one is an implicit indication, that is, the frequency domain subcarrier in which the NB-PDSCH is located is located in the same sub-station as the NB-CCE. The subcarrier position; the other is to directly indicate the frequency domain location through the bit field in the DCI.
对于normal覆盖,最一般情况,搜索空间中支持多个候选集,同时NB-PDSCH最小资源单元为1个PRB。固定k造成控制资源浪费或者NB-PDSCH碰撞。需要使用可变值k。For normal coverage, in the most general case, multiple candidate sets are supported in the search space, and the NB-PDSCH minimum resource unit is one PRB. Fixed k caused a waste of control resources or NB-PDSCH collision. A variable value of k is required.
首先,基站配置NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的起始子帧,终端能够根据搜索空间的起始子帧在相应的搜索空间中检测自己的NB-PDCCH。同时可以确定出NB-PDCCH的结束子帧n。此时相应的NB-PDSCH的起始子帧为n+k,由于没有调度窗限制资源分配范围,需要指示NB-PDSCH的起始子帧以及占用子帧的数量。First, the base station configures a starting subframe of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, and the terminal can detect its own NB-PDCCH in the corresponding search space according to the starting subframe of the search space. At the same time, the end subframe n of the NB-PDCCH can be determined. At this time, the starting subframe of the corresponding NB-PDSCH is n+k. Since there is no scheduling window to limit the resource allocation range, it is necessary to indicate the starting subframe of the NB-PDSCH and the number of occupied subframes.
其次,在接收到NB-PDCCH之后,解调出DCI,获得调度定时间隔k指示,即确定了调度定时间隔,图13是根据本发明的优选实施例的该调度定时间隔由DCI动态指示确定的示意图一,如图13所示。Second, after receiving the NB-PDCCH, the DCI is demodulated, and the scheduling timing interval k is obtained, that is, the scheduling timing interval is determined. FIG. 13 is the scheduling timing interval determined by the DCI dynamic indication according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. Schematic 1, as shown in Figure 13.
进一步,k值的取值范围包括以下情况之一:Further, the range of values of k includes one of the following conditions:
(1)k为连续的取值,即k的取值范围为k=0,1,2,3,4…,K。此时能够保证调度灵活性,NB-PDSCH占用的子帧数量可以是K内的任意值。但指示定时间隔k的控制开销较大。此时K取值需要一定调度周期的限制,即类似于实施例1,需要存在一个调度周期,在调度周期内指示k。例如K为集合{16、32、64、128、256、512、768、1024、1280、1536、1792、2048}中的至少之一。(1) k is a continuous value, that is, k has a value range of k=0, 1, 2, 3, 4..., K. At this time, scheduling flexibility can be ensured, and the number of subframes occupied by the NB-PDSCH can be any value within K. However, the control overhead indicating the timing interval k is large. At this time, the value of K requires a certain scheduling period, that is, similar to Embodiment 1, it is necessary to have one scheduling period, and k is indicated in the scheduling period. For example, K is at least one of a set {16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 768, 1024, 1280, 1536, 1792, 2048}.
(2)k为非连续的取值,即k的取值范围为(1)中的子集,如{1、2、4、8、16、32、64…K}或{1、2、3、5、9、17、33…K}。K含义同上。保证一定的灵活性同时降低指示信令开销。NB-PDSCH占用的子帧数量取决于基站调度。例如NB-PDSCH的取值集合为连续取值,如{1、2、3、4、5、6};或者在尽量不浪费资源的情况下对NB-PDSCH占用的子帧数量进行限制, 即NB-PDSCH的一个TB块占用的连续子帧数量也是非连续的取值集合,如{1、2、4、8、16、32}。即定时间隔k取值集合与NB-PDSCH可能的资源分配大小是相互制约的。此时k取值集合中的最大值同样需要一定调度周期的限制,即类似于实施例1,需要存在一个调度周期,在调度周期内指示k。(2) k is a non-continuous value, that is, the range of k is a subset of (1), such as {1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64...K} or {1, 2. 3, 5, 9, 17, 33...K}. K has the same meaning as above. Ensure a certain flexibility while reducing the indication signaling overhead. The number of subframes occupied by the NB-PDSCH depends on the base station scheduling. For example, the value set of the NB-PDSCH is a continuous value, such as {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}; or the number of subframes occupied by the NB-PDSCH is limited without wasting resources. That is, the number of consecutive subframes occupied by one TB block of the NB-PDSCH is also a non-contiguous set of values, such as {1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32}. That is, the timing interval k value set and the NB-PDSCH possible resource allocation size are mutually constrained. At this time, the maximum value in the k-value set also needs to be limited by a certain scheduling period. That is, similar to Embodiment 1, it is necessary to have one scheduling period, and k is indicated in the scheduling period.
(3)k为非连续的取值,即k的取值范围为(1)中的子集,如{1、2、4、8、16、32、64…K}或{1、2、3、5、9、17、33…K}。K含义同上。并且考虑到NB-PDCCH的结束子帧位置在搜索空间中是任意位置,因此指示NB-PDSCH起始子帧时为了不对取值集合进行限制,进行二次指示,指示相应的偏移值,例如k2取值集合为{0,1,2,3}或{0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7},以使得NB-PDSCH取值集合为连续取值。(3) k is a non-continuous value, that is, the value range of k is a subset in (1), such as {1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64...K} or {1, 2. 3, 5, 9, 17, 33...K}. K has the same meaning as above. In addition, it is considered that the end subframe position of the NB-PDCCH is an arbitrary position in the search space. Therefore, when the NB-PDSCH start subframe is indicated, in order not to limit the value set, a secondary indication is performed to indicate a corresponding offset value, for example, The k2 value set is {0, 1, 2, 3} or {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7}, so that the NB-PDSCH value set is a continuous value.
在基于动态指示确定调度定时间隔后,仍需要X bit指示PDSCH占用的子帧数。如使用3bit指示PDSCH占用连续且不超过6个子帧/PRB的资源分配。After determining the scheduling timing interval based on the dynamic indication, the X bit is still required to indicate the number of subframes occupied by the PDSCH. If 3 bits are used, it indicates that the PDSCH occupies a resource allocation that is continuous and does not exceed 6 subframes/PRB.
方案特点:通过DCI直接指示调度定时间隔k以及NB-PDSCH占用的子帧数量,由于NB-PDSCH占用的子帧数量是不超过N个连续子帧的任意取值(例如N=6或10),则需要任意的k取值,控制信令开销较大。在限制一定的k取值集合时,对NB-PDSCH的资源分配又造成一定的限制,否则允许一定的浪费或通过二次定时指示以保证NB-PDSCH资源分配可以使用不超过N个连续子帧的任意取值。The feature of the scheme is that the scheduling interval interval k and the number of subframes occupied by the NB-PDSCH are directly indicated by the DCI, and the number of subframes occupied by the NB-PDSCH is not more than any value of N consecutive subframes (for example, N=6 or 10). Therefore, an arbitrary value of k is required, and the control signaling overhead is large. When a certain set of k values is limited, the resource allocation of the NB-PDSCH is limited. Otherwise, a certain waste is allowed or a secondary timing indication is used to ensure that the NB-PDSCH resource allocation can use no more than N consecutive subframes. Any value.
实施例4Example 4
无调度窗,基于DCI动态指示,同时限制NB-PDCCH的结束子帧n。There is no scheduling window, based on the DCI dynamic indication, while limiting the ending subframe n of the NB-PDCCH.
此时n为搜索空间结束子帧。At this time, n is the end of the search space.
或者n为控制区域的结束子帧。(包含多个搜索空间)Or n is the end subframe of the control region. (contains multiple search spaces)
对于实施例3中k取值的第(2)种情况,由于受限集合k被用于调度定时。此时若仍然按照NB-PDCCH的结束子帧n来确定NB-PDSCH的起始子帧n+k,则由于USS中不同的NB-PDCCH结束n不同,n+k确定的起始子帧在时域上也是不同的,此时NB-PDSCH占用的子帧数量可能不再是非连续的k取值集合。For the case (2) in which the value of k in Embodiment 3 is used, since the restricted set k is used for scheduling timing. If the starting subframe n+k of the NB-PDSCH is still determined according to the ending subframe n of the NB-PDCCH, the starting subframe determined by n+k is different because the different NB-PDCCH ends in the USS is different. The time domain is also different. In this case, the number of subframes occupied by the NB-PDSCH may no longer be a non-contiguous set of k values.
如图13所示,NB-PDSCH占用子帧数量仍然保持受限取值集合,则使得k取值范围超出受限取值集合。(另一种可能,k取值仍然为受限取值集合,则NB-PDSCH占用的子帧数量超出受限取值集合)As shown in FIG. 13, the number of NB-PDSCH occupied subframes still remains a limited set of values, so that the value range of k exceeds the set of restricted values. (Another possibility, the value of k is still a set of restricted values, and the number of subframes occupied by the NB-PDSCH exceeds the set of restricted values)
由于指示信令是有限的,k一定是在受限取值集合中进行指示的。由于搜索空间中任意子帧都可能作为n子帧,最终仍然导致k取值不再是受限集合(无论NB-PDSCH占用子帧数量是否为受限取值集合),因此解决方法:Since the indication signaling is finite, k must be indicated in the restricted set of values. Since any sub-frame in the search space may be used as an n-subframe, the value of k is no longer a restricted set (regardless of whether the number of NB-PDSCH occupied sub-frames is a limited set of values), so the solution is as follows:
(1)定义搜索空间只有1个子帧。此时NB-PDCCH结束子帧n唯一确定,定时间隔k与NB-PDSCH占用子帧数量均可以为受限取值集合,节省控制信令开销。(1) Define the search space with only 1 subframe. At this time, the NB-PDCCH end subframe n is uniquely determined, and the timing interval k and the number of NB-PDSCH occupied subframes can be a limited value set, which saves control signaling overhead.
(2)定义搜索空间为{2、4、8}或Rmax子帧(Rmax基站通过SIB或RRC配置的搜索空间 中下行控制信道最大重复次数),定时间隔根据USS的结束子帧n确定,此时NB-PDSCH起始子帧为n+k,同样可以保证定时间隔k与NB-PDSCH占用子帧数量均可以为受限取值集合,节省控制信令开销。(2) Defining the search space as {2, 4, 8} or Rmax subframe (the search space configured by the Rmax base station through SIB or RRC) The maximum number of repetitions of the downlink control channel is determined by the end subframe n of the USS. The NB-PDSCH start subframe is n+k, and the timing interval k and the number of NB-PDSCH subframes can be guaranteed. Save control signaling overhead for a limited set of values.
方案特点:相对于实施例3,通过对齐不同NB-PDSCH的n子帧,保证定时间隔k与NB-PDSCH占用子帧数量均可以为受限取值集合,节省控制信令开销。Scenarios: Compared with the third embodiment, the n subframes of different NB-PDSCHs are aligned to ensure that the timing interval k and the number of NB-PDSCH occupied subframes can be a limited set of values, which saves control signaling overhead.
实施例5Example 5
无调度窗,固定调度定时间隔,使用多窄带。或者无调度窗,调度定时间隔动态指示,使用多窄带。No scheduling window, fixed scheduling timing interval, using multiple narrowbands. Or no scheduling window, scheduling timing interval dynamic indication, using multiple narrowbands.
搜索空间中支持多个候选集,同时NB-PDSCH最小资源单元为1个PRB。使用固定调度定时间隔k。例如取值k=2,图14是根据本发明的优选实施例的使用多窄带时调度定时间隔由固定值确定的示意图,如图14所示。Multiple candidate sets are supported in the search space, and the NB-PDSCH minimum resource unit is 1 PRB. Use a fixed scheduling timing interval k. For example, the value k=2, FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of the scheduling timing interval determined by a fixed value when using multiple narrowbands according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention, as shown in FIG.
首先,基站配置NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的起始子帧和窄带位置,终端能够根据搜索空间检测到自己的NB-PDCCH确定出NB-PDCCH的结束子帧n。此时相应的NB-PDSCH的起始子帧为n+k。First, the base station configures a start subframe and a narrowband position of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, and the terminal can determine the end subframe n of the NB-PDCCH according to the NB-PDCCH detected by the search space. At this time, the starting subframe of the corresponding NB-PDSCH is n+k.
其次,在接收到NB-PDCCH之后,解调出DCI,根据固定调度定时间隔确定NB-PDSCH的起始子帧。根据DCI指示的PRB窄带位置以及占用的子帧数量对NB-PDSCH进行接收。Second, after receiving the NB-PDCCH, the DCI is demodulated, and the starting subframe of the NB-PDSCH is determined according to the fixed scheduling timing interval. The NB-PDSCH is received according to the PRB narrowband position indicated by the DCI and the number of occupied subframes.
另外,调度定时间隔k也可以由DCI通知,增加调度灵活性,有利于不同窄带中资源对齐。k取值同实施例3。In addition, the scheduling timing interval k can also be notified by the DCI, which increases scheduling flexibility and facilitates resource alignment in different narrowbands. k is the same as in Example 3.
通过本实施例能够通过调度多个窄带实现固定定时间隔,避免动态通知调度定时间隔。需要额外指示NB-PDSCH所在的窄带位置即可。另外使用DCI动态通知NB-PDSCH起始子帧位置可以使得调度更加灵活并且有利于各个窄带中资源对齐。The present embodiment can implement a fixed timing interval by scheduling a plurality of narrowbands to avoid dynamically notifying the scheduling timing interval. It is necessary to additionally indicate the narrowband position where the NB-PDSCH is located. In addition, using DCI to dynamically inform the NB-PDSCH starting subframe position can make scheduling more flexible and facilitate resource alignment in each narrowband.
实施例6Example 6
无调度窗,调度定时间隔隐含确定,使用多窄带。Without a scheduling window, the scheduling timing interval is implicitly determined, using multiple narrowbands.
搜索空间中支持多个候选集,同时NB-PDSCH最小资源单元为1个PRB。调度定时间隔k隐含确定。根据NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的结束子帧n确定NB-PDSCH的起始子帧n+k,k为固定值,例如取值k=2,图15是根据本发明的优选实施例的使用多窄带时调度定时间隔由NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的结束子帧偏移固定值确定的示意图的示意图,如图15所示。Multiple candidate sets are supported in the search space, and the NB-PDSCH minimum resource unit is 1 PRB. The scheduling timing interval k is implicitly determined. Determining the starting subframe n+k of the NB-PDSCH according to the ending subframe n of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, k is a fixed value, for example, taking a value of k=2, and FIG. 15 is a multi-use according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. Schematic diagram of a schematic diagram of a narrowband-time scheduling timing interval determined by a fixed subframe offset value of a search space in which the NB-PDCCH is located, as shown in FIG.
首先,基站配置NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的起始子帧和窄带位置,终端在搜索空间检测到自己的NB-PDCCH,根据基站配置的搜索空间确定出搜索空间的结束子帧n。此时相应的NB-PDSCH的起始子帧为n+k。First, the base station configures a starting subframe and a narrowband position of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, and the terminal detects its own NB-PDCCH in the search space, and determines the ending subframe n of the search space according to the search space configured by the base station. At this time, the starting subframe of the corresponding NB-PDSCH is n+k.
其次,在接收到NB-PDCCH之后,解调出DCI,根据隐含确定的调度定时间隔确定NB-PDSCH的起始子帧。根据DCI指示的PRB窄带位置以及占用的子帧数量对NB-PDSCH 进行接收。Second, after receiving the NB-PDCCH, the DCI is demodulated, and the starting subframe of the NB-PDSCH is determined according to the implicitly determined scheduling timing interval. NB-PDSCH according to the PRB narrowband position indicated by the DCI and the number of occupied subframes Receive.
通过本实施例能够通过调度多个窄带实现固定定时间隔,避免动态通知调度定时间隔。需要额外指示NB-PDSCH所在的窄带位置即可。与实施例5相比的好处,有利于各个信道占用资源在时域上对齐,各个信道均以2的幂次占用子帧长度。The present embodiment can implement a fixed timing interval by scheduling a plurality of narrowbands to avoid dynamically notifying the scheduling timing interval. It is necessary to additionally indicate the narrowband position where the NB-PDSCH is located. The advantage compared with the embodiment 5 is that the resources occupied by the respective channels are aligned in the time domain, and each channel occupies the subframe length by a power of two.
实施例7-9为上行调度定时间隔确定方式Embodiment 7-9 is a method for determining an uplink scheduling timing interval.
实施例7Example 7
基于调度窗或调度周期,k值由RA隐含确定。Based on the scheduling window or scheduling period, the k value is implicitly determined by the RA.
调度窗或调度周期同实施例1。The scheduling window or scheduling period is the same as in Embodiment 1.
在调度窗中,下行控制信道所在搜索空间由基站配置,不同的搜索空间集中在调度窗中前X个子帧中。调度相应的NB-PUSCH位于下一个调度窗中,使用资源分配类型2或连续长度受限的资源分配类型2(如在窗长T=32ms中分配连续占用子帧数不超过6的PDSCH资源分配,此时资源分配使用
Figure PCTCN2016111357-appb-000005
在调度窗长
Figure PCTCN2016111357-appb-000006
时资源分配比特域为8bits),实现调度窗中RU整数倍的起始位置以及占用。此时资源分配表示在时域上调度窗中占用连续的子帧数量、频域位置。
In the scheduling window, the search space where the downlink control channel is located is configured by the base station, and different search spaces are concentrated in the first X subframes in the scheduling window. The corresponding NB-PUSCH is scheduled to be located in the next scheduling window, and the resource allocation type 2 or the continuous length limited resource allocation type 2 is used (for example, the PDSCH resource allocation in which the number of consecutive occupied subframes does not exceed 6 in the window length T=32 ms is allocated. At this time, resource allocation is used.
Figure PCTCN2016111357-appb-000005
In the scheduling window
Figure PCTCN2016111357-appb-000006
The resource allocation bit field is 8 bits), and the starting position and occupation of the integer multiple of RU in the scheduling window are implemented. At this time, the resource allocation indicates the number of consecutive subframes and the frequency domain position in the scheduling window on the time domain.
此时调度定时间隔k无需指示,通过窗内NB-PUSCH资源分配隐含确定,图16是根据本发明的优选实施例的该调度定时间隔由调度窗或调度周期内资源分配隐含确定示意图的示意图,如图16所示。即NB-PUSCH的起始子帧为资源分配确定的NB-PUSCH占用的连续子帧中的首个子帧。At this time, the scheduling timing interval k does not need to be indicated, and is implicitly determined by the intra-window NB-PUSCH resource allocation. FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of implicitly determining the scheduling timing interval by the resource allocation in the scheduling window or the scheduling period according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. Schematic diagram, as shown in Figure 16. That is, the starting subframe of the NB-PUSCH is the first subframe in the contiguous subframe occupied by the NB-PUSCH determined by the resource allocation.
类似实施例2,也可以考虑偏移值调度NB-PUSCH占用下一个调度窗中的资源;或者资源分配可以占用多个调度窗。Similar to Embodiment 2, the NB-PUSCH may be scheduled to occupy resources in the next scheduling window in consideration of the offset value; or the resource allocation may occupy multiple scheduling windows.
方案优点:调度定时间隔k可以实现在调度窗长度范围内的任意取值。并且无需单独指示,利用资源分配,起始子帧位置和子帧占用数量联合编码,节省了控制信令开销。Advantages of the scheme: The scheduling timing interval k can achieve any value within the length of the scheduling window. And without separate indication, the resource allocation, the starting subframe position and the number of subframe occupations are jointly coded, which saves control signaling overhead.
实施例8Example 8
无调度窗,基于DCI动态指示。No scheduling window, based on DCI dynamic indication.
对于normal覆盖,最一般情况,搜索空间中支持多个候选集,同时NB-PUSCH支持子载波级调度。固定k造成控制资源浪费或者NB-PDSCH碰撞。需要使用可变值k。For normal coverage, in the most general case, multiple candidate sets are supported in the search space, and NB-PUSCH supports subcarrier level scheduling. Fixed k caused a waste of control resources or NB-PDSCH collision. A variable value of k is required.
首先,基站配置NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的起始子帧,终端能够根据搜索空间的起始子帧在相应的搜索空间中检测自己的NB-PDCCH。同时可以确定出NB-PDCCH的结束子帧n。此时相应的NB-PUSCH的起始子帧为n+k,由于没有调度窗限制资源分配范围,需要指示NB-PUSCH的起始子帧、占用子帧的数量以及频域位置。First, the base station configures a starting subframe of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, and the terminal can detect its own NB-PDCCH in the corresponding search space according to the starting subframe of the search space. At the same time, the end subframe n of the NB-PDCCH can be determined. At this time, the starting subframe of the corresponding NB-PUSCH is n+k. Since there is no scheduling window to limit the resource allocation range, it is necessary to indicate the starting subframe of the NB-PUSCH, the number of occupied subframes, and the frequency domain location.
其次,在接收到NB-PDCCH之后,解调出DCI,获得调度定时间隔k指示,即确定了调 度定时间隔,图17是根据本发明的优选实施例的该调度定时间隔由DCI动态指示确定的示意图二,如图17所示。Secondly, after receiving the NB-PDCCH, the DCI is demodulated, and the scheduling timing interval k is obtained, that is, the tone is determined. Degree Timing Interval, FIG. 17 is a second schematic diagram of the scheduling timing interval determined by the DCI dynamic indication, as shown in FIG. 17, in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
进一步,k值的取值范围包括以下情况之一:Further, the range of values of k includes one of the following conditions:
(1)k为连续的取值,即k的取值范围为k=0,1,2,3,4…,K。此时能够保证调度灵活性,NB-PUSCH占用的子帧数量可以是K内的任意值。但指示定时间隔k的控制开销较大。此时K取值需要一定调度周期的限制,即类似于实施例1,需要存在一个调度周期,在调度周期内指示k。例如K为集合{16、32、64、128、256、512、768、1024、1280、1536、1792、2048}中的至少之一,。(1) k is a continuous value, that is, k has a value range of k=0, 1, 2, 3, 4..., K. At this time, scheduling flexibility can be ensured, and the number of subframes occupied by the NB-PUSCH can be any value within K. However, the control overhead indicating the timing interval k is large. At this time, the value of K requires a certain scheduling period, that is, similar to Embodiment 1, it is necessary to have one scheduling period, and k is indicated in the scheduling period. For example, K is at least one of the set {16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 768, 1024, 1280, 1536, 1792, 2048}.
(2)k为非连续的取值,即k的取值范围为(1)中的子集,如{1、2、4、8、16、32、64…K}或{1、2、3、5、9、17、33…K},K含义同上。保证一定的灵活性同时降低指示信令开销。相应的由于k取值为非连续,实际上对NB-PDSCH占用的子帧数量造成了限制,即NB-PUSCH的一个TB块占用的连续子帧数量也是非连续的取值集合,如{1、2、4、8、16、32}。即定时间隔k取值集合与NB-PDSCH可能的资源分配大小是相互制约的。(2) k is a non-continuous value, that is, the range of k is a subset of (1), such as {1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64...K} or {1, 2. 3, 5, 9, 17, 33...K}, K has the same meaning as above. Ensure a certain flexibility while reducing the indication signaling overhead. Correspondingly, since the value of k is non-contiguous, the number of subframes occupied by the NB-PDSCH is actually limited. That is, the number of consecutive subframes occupied by one TB block of the NB-PUSCH is also a non-contiguous set of values, such as {1 , 2, 4, 8, 16, 32}. That is, the timing interval k value set and the NB-PDSCH possible resource allocation size are mutually constrained.
(3)k为非连续的取值,即k的取值范围为(1)中的子集,如{1、2、4、8、16、32、64…K}或{1、2、3、5、9、17、33…K}。K含义同上。保证一定的灵活性同时降低指示信令开销。相应的由于k取值为非连续,实际上对NB-PUSCH占用的子帧数量造成了限制,即NB-PDSCH的一个TB块占用的连续子帧数量也是非连续的取值集合,如{1、2、4、8、16、32}。并且考虑到NB-PDCCH的结束子帧位置在搜索空间中是任意位置,因此指示NB-PDSCH起始子帧时为了不对取值集合进行限制,进行二次指示,例如k2取值集合为{0,1,2,3}或{0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7},以使得NB-PUSCH取值集合为连续取值。(3) k is a non-continuous value, that is, the value range of k is a subset in (1), such as {1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64...K} or {1, 2. 3, 5, 9, 17, 33...K}. K has the same meaning as above. Ensure a certain flexibility while reducing the indication signaling overhead. Correspondingly, since the value of k is non-contiguous, the number of subframes occupied by the NB-PUSCH is actually limited. That is, the number of consecutive subframes occupied by one TB block of the NB-PDSCH is also a non-contiguous set of values, such as {1 , 2, 4, 8, 16, 32}. In addition, it is considered that the end subframe position of the NB-PDCCH is an arbitrary position in the search space. Therefore, when the NB-PDSCH start subframe is indicated, in order not to limit the value set, a secondary indication is performed, for example, the k2 value set is {0. , 1, 2, 3} or {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7}, so that the NB-PUSCH value set is a continuous value.
在基于动态指示确定调度定时间隔后,仍需要X bit指示PDSCH占用的子帧数。如使用3bit指示PDSCH占用连续且不超过6个子帧/PRB的资源分配。After determining the scheduling timing interval based on the dynamic indication, the X bit is still required to indicate the number of subframes occupied by the PDSCH. If 3 bits are used, it indicates that the PDSCH occupies a resource allocation that is continuous and does not exceed 6 subframes/PRB.
另外,确定定时间隔的所使用的子帧n也可以是搜索空间中最后一个子帧。In addition, the used subframe n that determines the timing interval may also be the last subframe in the search space.
方案特点:通过DCI直接指示调度定时间隔k以及NB-PUSCH占用的子帧数量,需要任意的k取值,控制信令开销较大。通过对齐不同NB-PDSCH的n子帧,保证定时间隔k与NB-PUSCH占用子帧数量均可以为受限取值集合,节省控制信令开销。The feature of the scheme is that the scheduling timing interval k and the number of subframes occupied by the NB-PUSCH are directly indicated by the DCI, and an arbitrary value of k is required, and the control signaling overhead is large. By aligning the n subframes of different NB-PDSCHs, it is ensured that the timing interval k and the number of NB-PUSCH occupied subframes can be a limited set of values, which saves control signaling overhead.
实施例9Example 9
无调度窗,调度定时间隔根据NB-PDCCH结束子帧取固定值,使用多窄带。There is no scheduling window, and the scheduling timing interval takes a fixed value according to the NB-PDCCH end subframe, and uses multiple narrowbands.
无调度窗,调度定时间隔隐含确定,根据NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间结束子帧取固定值,使用多窄带。There is no scheduling window, and the scheduling timing interval is implicitly determined. A fixed value is used according to the end of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, and multiple narrowbands are used.
无调度窗,调度定时间隔由DCI指示,使用多窄带。There is no scheduling window, the scheduling timing interval is indicated by DCI, and multiple narrowbands are used.
搜索空间中支持多个候选集,同时NB-PUSCH支持子载波级调度。调度定时间隔k隐含确定或由DCI指示。 Multiple candidate sets are supported in the search space, while NB-PUSCH supports subcarrier level scheduling. The scheduling timing interval k is implicitly determined or indicated by the DCI.
其中隐含确定方式包括:根据NB-PDCCH的结束子帧n确定NB-PUSCH的起始子帧n+k,k为固定值,例如取值k=4。根据NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的结束子帧n确定NB-PUSCH的起始子帧n+k,k为固定值,例如取值k=4,图18是根据本发明的优选实施例的使用多窄带时调度定时间隔由NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的结束子帧偏移固定值确定或由DCI动态指示的示意图,如图18所示。The implicit determination manner includes: determining, according to the end subframe n of the NB-PDCCH, the starting subframe n+k of the NB-PUSCH, where k is a fixed value, for example, taking a value of k=4. Determining the starting subframe n+k of the NB-PUSCH according to the end subframe n of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, k is a fixed value, for example, taking a value of k=4, and FIG. 18 is a multi-use according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. The narrowband time scheduling timing interval is determined by a fixed subframe offset value of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located or dynamically indicated by the DCI, as shown in FIG. 18.
其中由DCI指示包括:定时间隔根据NB-PDCCH的结束子帧n确定NB-PUSCH的起始子帧n+k,其中k由DCI指示,非固定值,存在取值集合,如图18所示。The indication by the DCI includes: the timing interval determines the starting subframe n+k of the NB-PUSCH according to the ending subframe n of the NB-PDCCH, where k is indicated by the DCI, and the non-fixed value has a set of values, as shown in FIG. .
首先,基站配置NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的起始子帧和窄带位置,终端在搜索空间检测到自己的NB-PDCCH,(1)根据NB-PDCCH的结束子帧n,此时相应的NB-PUSCH的起始子帧为n+k,k为固定值。(2)根据基站配置的搜索空间确定出搜索空间的结束子帧n,此时相应的NB-PUSCH的起始子帧为n+k,k为固定值。(3)根据DCI中的比特域确定调度定时间隔k。First, the base station configures the start subframe and the narrowband position of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, and the terminal detects its own NB-PDCCH in the search space, (1) according to the end subframe n of the NB-PDCCH, and the corresponding NB- The starting subframe of the PUSCH is n+k, and k is a fixed value. (2) The end subframe n of the search space is determined according to the search space configured by the base station. At this time, the starting subframe of the corresponding NB-PUSCH is n+k, and k is a fixed value. (3) The scheduling timing interval k is determined according to the bit field in the DCI.
其次,在接收到NB-PDCCH之后,解调出DCI,根据(1)固定;(2)隐含确定;(3)DCI中比特域动态指示确定调度定时间隔,进而确定NB-PUSCH的起始子帧。根据DCI指示的PRB窄带位置以及占用的子帧数量和频域位置对NB-PUSCH进行接收。Secondly, after receiving the NB-PDCCH, the DCI is demodulated according to (1) fixed; (2) implicitly determined; (3) the bit field dynamic indication in the DCI determines the scheduling timing interval, thereby determining the start of the NB-PUSCH Subframe. The NB-PUSCH is received according to the PRB narrowband position indicated by the DCI and the number of occupied subframes and the frequency domain position.
通过本实施例能够通过调度多个窄带实现固定或可变定时间隔,避免动态通知调度定时间隔或通过动态通知灵活调度确保资源对齐。需要额外指示NB-PDSCH所在的窄带位置即可。各个信道均以2的幂次占用子帧长度。The present embodiment can implement fixed or variable timing intervals by scheduling multiple narrowbands, avoiding dynamic notification of scheduling timing intervals or ensuring resource alignment by dynamic notification flexible scheduling. It is necessary to additionally indicate the narrowband position where the NB-PDSCH is located. Each channel occupies a sub-frame length with a power of two.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到根据上述实施例的方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现,当然也可以通过硬件,但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解,本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中,包括若干指令用以使得一台终端设备(可以是手机,计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例该的方法。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the method according to the above embodiment can be implemented by means of software plus a necessary general hardware platform, and of course, by hardware, but in many cases, the former is A better implementation. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present invention, which is essential or contributes to the prior art, may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, disk, The optical disc includes a number of instructions for causing a terminal device (which may be a mobile phone, a computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to perform the method of various embodiments of the present invention.
需要说明的是,上述各个模块是可以通过软件或硬件来实现的,对于后者,可以通过以下方式实现,但不限于此:上述模块均位于同一处理器中;或者,上述模块分别位于多个处理器中。It should be noted that each of the above modules may be implemented by software or hardware. For the latter, the foregoing may be implemented by, but not limited to, the foregoing modules are all located in the same processor; or, the modules are located in multiple In the processor.
本发明的实施例还提供了一种存储介质。可选地,在本实施例中,上述存储介质可以被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码:Embodiments of the present invention also provide a storage medium. Optionally, in the embodiment, the foregoing storage medium may be configured to store program code for performing the following steps:
S1,解调窄带物理下行控制信道NB-PDCCH;S1, demodulating a narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH;
S2,通过解调窄带物理下行控制信道NB-PDCCH,确定调度的窄带下行业务信道NB-PDSCH或者窄带上行业务信道NB-PUSCH的起始子帧,并将该起始子帧作为调度定时间隔的起始点,其中,确定该起始子帧的依据包括以下至少之一:该NB-PDCCH的结束子帧、该NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的结束子帧、调度窗内的资源分配以及调度定时间隔指示。 S2. Determine a scheduled narrowband downlink traffic channel NB-PDSCH or a start subframe of a narrowband uplink traffic channel NB-PUSCH by demodulating the narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH, and use the starting subframe as a scheduling timing interval. a starting point, where the basis for determining the starting subframe includes at least one of: an ending subframe of the NB-PDCCH, an ending subframe of a search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, a resource allocation in a scheduling window, and a scheduling timing interval. Instructions.
可选地,在本实施例中,上述存储介质可以包括但不限于:U盘、只读存储器(ROM,Read-Only Memory)、随机存取存储器(RAM,Random Access Memory)、移动硬盘、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。Optionally, in this embodiment, the foregoing storage medium may include, but not limited to, a USB flash drive, a Read-Only Memory (ROM), a Random Access Memory (RAM), a mobile hard disk, and a magnetic memory. A variety of media that can store program code, such as a disc or a disc.
可选地,在本实施例中,处理器根据存储介质中已存储的程序代码执行上述实施例的方法步骤。Optionally, in this embodiment, the processor performs the method steps of the foregoing embodiments according to the stored program code in the storage medium.
可选地,本实施例中的具体示例可以参考上述实施例及可选实施方式中所描述的示例,本实施例在此不再赘述。For example, the specific examples in this embodiment may refer to the examples described in the foregoing embodiments and the optional embodiments, and details are not described herein again.
显然,本领域的技术人员应该明白,上述的本发明的各模块或各步骤可以用通用的计算装置来实现,它们可以集中在单个的计算装置上,或者分布在多个计算装置所组成的网络上,可选地,它们可以用计算装置可执行的程序代码来实现,从而,可以将它们存储在存储装置中由计算装置来执行,并且在某些情况下,可以以不同于此处的顺序执行所示出或描述的步骤,或者将它们分别制作成各个集成电路模块,或者将它们中的多个模块或步骤制作成单个集成电路模块来实现。这样,本发明不限制于任何特定的硬件和软件结合。It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the various modules or steps of the present invention described above can be implemented by a general-purpose computing device that can be centralized on a single computing device or distributed across a network of multiple computing devices. Alternatively, they may be implemented by program code executable by the computing device such that they may be stored in the storage device by the computing device and, in some cases, may be different from the order herein. The steps shown or described are performed, or they are separately fabricated into individual integrated circuit modules, or a plurality of modules or steps thereof are fabricated as a single integrated circuit module. Thus, the invention is not limited to any specific combination of hardware and software.
以上该仅为本发明的优选实施例而已,并不用于限制本发明,对于本领域的技术人员来说,本发明可以有各种更改和变化。凡在本发明的精神和原则之内,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本发明的保护范围之内。The above is only a preferred embodiment of the present invention, and is not intended to limit the present invention, and various modifications and changes can be made to the present invention. Any modifications, equivalent substitutions, improvements, etc. made within the spirit and scope of the present invention are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.
工业实用性Industrial applicability
本发明实施例提供的上述技术方案,可以应用于调度定时间隔的确定过程中,通过解调窄带物理下行控制信道NB-PDCCH,确定调度的窄带下行业务信道NB-PDSCH或者窄带上行业务信道NB-PUSCH的起始子帧,其中,确定所述起始子帧的依据包括以下至少之一:所述NB-PDCCH的结束子帧、所述NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的结束子帧、调度窗内的资源分配、调度定时间隔指示,解决了在窄带系统中如何确定调度定时的问题,节省了指示开销,提高了资源使用效率,解决了固定定时间隔造成的资源不对等导致资源浪费问题、解决了连续传输的阻塞问题。 The foregoing technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention may be applied to determine a scheduled narrowband downlink downlink traffic channel NB-PDSCH or a narrowband uplink traffic channel NB- by demodulating a narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH in a process of determining a scheduling timing interval. a start subframe of the PUSCH, where the basis for determining the start subframe includes at least one of: an end subframe of the NB-PDCCH, an end subframe of a search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, and a scheduling window The resource allocation and scheduling timing interval indication solves the problem of how to determine the scheduling timing in the narrowband system, saves the indication overhead, improves the resource usage efficiency, and solves the problem of resource waste caused by the resource imbalance caused by the fixed timing interval, and solves the problem. Blocking problem with continuous transmission.

Claims (31)

  1. 一种调度定时间隔的确定方法,包括:A method for determining a scheduling timing interval includes:
    通过解调窄带物理下行控制信道NB-PDCCH,确定调度的窄带下行业务信道NB-PDSCH或者窄带上行业务信道NB-PUSCH的起始子帧,其中,确定所述起始子帧的依据包括以下至少之一:所述NB-PDCCH的结束子帧、所述NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的结束子帧、调度窗内的资源分配、调度定时间隔指示。Determine a starting subframe of the scheduled narrowband downlink traffic channel NB-PDSCH or the narrowband uplink traffic channel NB-PUSCH by demodulating the narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH, where the basis for determining the starting subframe includes at least the following One of: the end subframe of the NB-PDCCH, the end subframe of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, the resource allocation in the scheduling window, and the scheduling timing interval indication.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 1 wherein
    在依据所述NB-PDCCH的结束子帧确定NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的所述起始子帧的情况下,使用固定的调度定时间隔。In the case where the start subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is determined according to the end subframe of the NB-PDCCH, a fixed scheduling timing interval is used.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 2, wherein
    在一个物理资源块PRB对中支持多个NB-PDSCH时,使用所述固定的调度定时间隔确定所述NB-PDSCH的起始子帧的情况下,通过下行控制信息DCI或隐含确定方式指示所述NB-PDSCH在一个物理资源块PRB中的位置。When a plurality of NB-PDSCHs are supported in one physical resource block PRB pair, when the initial subframe of the NB-PDSCH is determined by using the fixed scheduling timing interval, the downlink control information DCI or the implicit determination mode is indicated. The location of the NB-PDSCH in one physical resource block PRB.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 1 wherein
    所述NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的起始子帧根据NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的结束子帧确定时,使用固定的调度定时间隔或根据调度定时间隔指示,其中,所述调度定时间隔指示表示NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的结束子帧至NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的起始子帧。The start subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is determined according to the end subframe of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, using a fixed scheduling timing interval or according to a scheduling timing interval indication, where the scheduling timing interval indication indicates The end subframe of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located to the start subframe of the NB-PDSCH or NB-PUSCH.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 1 wherein
    所述NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的起始子帧根据NB-PDCCH的结束子帧和调度定时间隔指示确定时,使用的调度定时间隔取值集合为有限值,所述取值集合中元素取值为连续的或间隔的,所述取值集合固定或由系统信息块SIB或无线接入控制RRC配置,其中,所述调度定时间隔指示表示所述NB-PDCCH的结束子帧至NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的起始子帧。When the start subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is determined according to the end subframe of the NB-PDCCH and the scheduling timing interval indication, the set of the scheduling timing interval used is a finite value, and the elements in the value set are taken The values are consecutive or spaced, and the set of values is fixed or configured by a system information block SIB or a radio access control RRC, where the scheduling timing interval indication indicates that the end subframe of the NB-PDCCH is to the NB-PDSCH Or the starting subframe of the NB-PUSCH.
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 4 or 5, wherein
    所述调度定时间隔指示包括以下方式之一:单一指示,以及两级指示,The scheduling timing interval indication includes one of the following modes: a single indication, and two levels of indication,
    其中,所述单一指示通过单一参数指示调度定时间隔,所述两级指示的第一级指示为单一指示参数,所述两级指示的第二级指示为所述第一级指示的基础上再次指示偏移值,所述偏移值取值集合为有限值,所述取值集合固定或由SIB或RRC配置。The single indication indicates a scheduling timing interval by a single parameter, the first level indication of the two level indication is a single indication parameter, and the second level indication of the two level indication is based on the first level indication again. The offset value is indicated, and the set of offset values is a finite value, and the set of values is fixed or configured by SIB or RRC.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 6 wherein
    取值集合根据覆盖类型、搜索空间类型、DCI中指示的重复次数至少之一配置或隐含确定为不同的取值,所述取值集合包括以下至少之一:所述单一指示、两级指示中第一 级指示、两级指示中第二级指示;其中,所述取值集合的取值对应的单位为物理子帧或可用子帧或无线帧或业务信道的资源单元或传输时间间隔;其中,所述DCI中指示的重复次数包括以下至少之一:NB-PDSCH重复次数、NB-PUSCH重复次数、NB-PDCCH重复次数。The value set is configured according to the coverage type, the search space type, and the number of repetitions indicated in the DCI, or implicitly determined to be different values, and the value set includes at least one of the following: the single indication, the two-level indication First The second level indication in the level indication and the two level indication; wherein the unit corresponding to the value of the value set is a physical subframe or a available subframe or a resource unit or a transmission time interval of a radio frame or a traffic channel; The number of repetitions indicated in the DCI includes at least one of the following: NB-PDSCH repetition number, NB-PUSCH repetition number, and NB-PDCCH repetition number.
  8. 根据权利要求5或7所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 5 or 7, wherein
    所述取值集合根据高层信令配置的最大重复次数Rmax或者DCI中指示的重复次数隐含确定为不同的取值时,所述不同的取值统一使用Rmax/i的倍数,其中,所述调度定时间隔使用相同的公因子表示,i为大于0的正整数,所述不同的取值包括以下方式至少之一:When the value set is implicitly determined to be different according to the maximum number of repetitions Rmax configured in the high-level signaling or the number of repetitions indicated in the DCI, the different values uniformly use a multiple of Rmax/i, wherein The scheduling timing interval is represented by the same common factor, and i is a positive integer greater than 0, and the different values include at least one of the following manners:
    使用一种Rmax/i的倍数;Use a multiple of Rmax/i;
    使用至少两种Rmax/i的倍数。Use at least two multiples of Rmax/i.
  9. 根据权利要求5或7所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 5 or 7, wherein
    根据预设或配置的门限值Rmax=C,分别对于Rmax大于或者等于C时和Rmax小于C时,分别使用两组调度定时间隔的取值集合。According to the preset or configured threshold value Rmax=C, respectively, when Rmax is greater than or equal to C and Rmax is less than C, respectively, the set of values of the two sets of scheduling timing intervals are respectively used.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其中,所述取值集合的取值包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 9, wherein the value of the set of values comprises at least one of the following:
    使用相同的Rmax/i的倍数,使用不同的公因子表示;Use the same multiple of Rmax/i, using different common factors;
    使用不同的Rmax/i的倍数,使用相同的公因子表示;Use a different multiple of Rmax/i, using the same common factor representation;
    一组不使用Rmax/i的倍数,另一组使用Rmax/i的倍数。One group does not use a multiple of Rmax/i, and the other group uses a multiple of Rmax/i.
  11. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 5, wherein
    所述取值集合中元素的取值包括以下方式至少之一:The value of the element in the value set includes at least one of the following ways:
    2x,其中,x为集中{0、1、2、3、…、20}中至少之一;2 x , where x is at least one of the set {0, 1, 2, 3, ..., 20};
    无线帧长度的整数倍;An integer multiple of the length of the wireless frame;
    一个传输块占用的子帧数的整数倍;An integer multiple of the number of subframes occupied by one transport block;
    控制信道占用子帧数的整数倍;k×2x,其中,k为大于或大于等于0的正整数。The control channel occupies an integer multiple of the number of subframes; k x 2 x , where k is a positive integer greater than or greater than zero.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 11 wherein
    所述取值集合中元素的最大值确定方式包括以下至少之一:调度窗或调度周期或资源分配周期的长度,固定或基站配置的唯一值,根据不同覆盖等级分别确定,根据覆盖等级至少之一确定,根据上行单载波传输确定,根据上行子载波间隔确定。The method for determining the maximum value of the elements in the set of values includes at least one of the following: a length of the scheduling window or the scheduling period or the resource allocation period, a unique value of the fixed or base station configuration, determined according to different coverage levels, and at least according to the coverage level. A determination is determined according to the uplink single carrier transmission, and is determined according to the uplink subcarrier spacing.
  13. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中, The method of claim 1 wherein
    所述NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的起始子帧根据所述调度窗内的资源分配确定时,调度定时间隔取值为小于所述调度窗的窗长的任意值,所述调度窗内资源分配使用不超过X个PRB或子帧的连续资源分配,其中,X取值小于调度窗长,所述调度定时间隔为所述NB-PDCCH的结束子帧至NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的起始子帧。When the start subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is determined according to the resource allocation in the scheduling window, the scheduling timing interval is an arbitrary value smaller than the window length of the scheduling window, and the resources in the scheduling window are The allocation uses a continuous resource allocation of no more than X PRBs or subframes, where the X value is smaller than the scheduling window length, and the scheduling timing interval is the end subframe of the NB-PDCCH to the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH. Start sub-frame.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 13 wherein
    所述NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH的所述起始子帧根据调度窗内的资源分配确定时,还根据DCI动态指示的偏移值联合确定,所述NB-PDSCH或者NB-PUSCH占用的子帧资源跨越调度窗或仅在调度窗内。When the start subframe of the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is determined according to the resource allocation in the scheduling window, the NB-PDSCH or the NB-PUSCH is also determined according to the offset value dynamically indicated by the DCI. Frame resources span the dispatch window or only within the dispatch window.
  15. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 13 wherein
    在覆盖增强场景使用所述资源分配确定的资源重复传输R次时,包含以下方式至少之一:基于调度窗内的资源分配,仅在调度窗间重复传输R次;基于调度窗内的资源分配,在调度窗内重复传输Rin次,在调度窗间重复Rout次;基于调度窗内的资源分配,仅在调度窗内重复传输R次,其中,R、Rin和Rout中的至少之一,由RRC或SIB或DCI进行通知,R、Rin和Rout均为正整数。When the coverage enhancement scenario uses the resource allocation determined resource to repeatedly transmit R times, at least one of the following methods is included: based on resource allocation in the scheduling window, only R times are repeatedly transmitted between the scheduling windows; based on resource allocation in the scheduling window Rin times are repeatedly transmitted in the scheduling window, and Rout times are repeated between the scheduling windows; based on resource allocation in the scheduling window, only R times are repeatedly transmitted in the scheduling window, wherein at least one of R, Rin, and Rout is The RRC or SIB or DCI notifies that R, Rin and Rout are positive integers.
  16. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 1 wherein
    所述NB-PDCCH重复传输R次数时,包含以下方式至少之一:在R不大于或小于Rx时,仅在调度窗内重复传输R次;在R大于Rx时,仅在调度窗间重复传输R次;在R大于Rx时,在调度窗内重复传输Rin次,在调度窗间重复Rout次,其中,R、Rin和Rout、Rx中的至少之一,由RRC、SIB或DCI进行通知,Rx、R、Rin和Rout均为正整数。When the NB-PDCCH repeatedly transmits the R times, it includes at least one of the following manners: when R is not greater than or less than Rx, the transmission is repeated only R times in the scheduling window; when R is greater than Rx, the transmission is only repeated between the scheduling windows. R times; when R is greater than Rx, Rin times are repeatedly transmitted in the scheduling window, and Rout times are repeated between the scheduling windows, wherein at least one of R, Rin, Rout, and Rx is notified by RRC, SIB, or DCI. Rx, R, Rin, and Rout are all positive integers.
  17. 根据权利要求15或者16所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 15 or 16, wherein
    所述R、Rin、Rout、Rx取值确定方式包括以下至少之一:The determining manner of the R, Rin, Rout, and Rx values includes at least one of the following:
    R、Rin、Rout和Rx中至少之一取值为2x,其中x为集中{0、1、2、3、…、20}中至少之一;At least one of R, Rin, Rout, and Rx takes a value of 2 x , where x is at least one of the set {0, 1, 2, 3, ..., 20};
    R=Rin×Rout;R=Rin×Rout;
    R、Rin和Rout中至少之一根据不同覆盖等级确定为不同的固定值,或由基站配置一个或一组值,且配置为一组值时具体取值在DCI中通知;At least one of R, Rin, and Rout is determined to be a different fixed value according to different coverage levels, or one or a set of values is configured by the base station, and the specific value is notified in the DCI when configured as a set of values;
    Rx和/或Rin根据覆盖等级、调度窗长和最大重复次数中至少之一确定。Rx and/or Rin are determined according to at least one of a coverage level, a scheduling window length, and a maximum number of repetitions.
  18. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 1 wherein
    所述NB-PDSCH在时域上占用连续子帧,所述占用连续子帧的数量的确定方式包括以下至少之一: The NB-PDSCH occupies consecutive subframes in the time domain, and the manner of determining the number of consecutive subframes includes at least one of the following:
    在预定指示范围内与所述起始子帧联合编码,使用连续资源分配;Coding with the starting subframe within a predetermined indication range, using continuous resource allocation;
    在有限取值集合中单独指示,所述有限取值集合中元素为连续取值或间隔取值。The elements in the finite value set are consecutive values or interval values.
  19. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 1 wherein
    所述NB-PDCCH在1个PRB对中或1个子帧使用的窄带控制信道单元NB-CCE占用资源的方式包括以下之一:The manner in which the NB-PDCCH occupies resources in a narrowband control channel unit NB-CCE used in one PRB pair or one subframe includes one of the following:
    在所有正交频分复用OFDM符号占用相同的连续或非连续的6个子载波;All OFDM symbols occupying the same continuous or non-contiguous 6 subcarriers in all orthogonal frequency division multiplexing;
    在不同OFDM符号占用不同的非连续的6个子载波;Different non-contiguous 6 subcarriers are occupied in different OFDM symbols;
    在不同OFDM符号占用不同的连续的6个子载波。Different consecutive 6 subcarriers are occupied in different OFDM symbols.
  20. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 1 wherein
    所述NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间包括1个或多个聚合等级,并且不同所述聚合等级在不同重复次数对应的候选集数量确定方式包括以下至少之一:The search space where the NB-PDCCH is located includes one or more aggregation levels, and the manner of determining the number of candidate sets corresponding to the different repetition times of the aggregation level includes at least one of the following:
    不同聚合等级在不同重复次数时的候选集数量均为1;The number of candidate sets for different aggregation levels at different repetition times is 1;
    不同聚合等级在不同重复次数时的候选集数量不同;Different aggregation levels have different number of candidate sets at different repetition times;
    聚合等级1对应的候选集数量大于1;The number of candidate sets corresponding to aggregation level 1 is greater than one;
    非最大重复次数对应的所述候选集的数量大于1;The number of the candidate sets corresponding to the non-maximum number of repetitions is greater than one;
    重复次数大于或大于等于门限值Rx时,所述候选集的数量等于1,重复次数小于或小于等于Rx时,所述候选集的数量大于1。When the number of repetitions is greater than or equal to the threshold value Rx, the number of candidate sets is equal to 1, and when the number of repetitions is less than or less than or equal to Rx, the number of candidate sets is greater than one.
  21. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 1 wherein
    所述调度窗长度根据资源单元的长度、调度定时间隔、非连续传输间隔至少之一确定,调度窗长度由eNB通过SIB或RRC配置,或固定长度,确定方式包括以下至少之一:The scheduling window length is determined according to at least one of a resource unit length, a scheduling timing interval, and a discontinuous transmission interval, and the scheduling window length is configured by the eNB through the SIB or the RRC, or a fixed length, and the determining manner includes at least one of the following:
    所述长度大于资源单元的长度、调度定时间隔、非连续传输间隔至少之一;The length is greater than at least one of a length of a resource unit, a scheduling timing interval, and a discontinuous transmission interval;
    所述长度为资源单元的长度、调度定时间隔、非连续传输间隔至少之一的整数倍;The length is an integer multiple of at least one of a length of a resource unit, a scheduling timing interval, and a discontinuous transmission interval;
    所述长度满足2x,其中x为集中{1、2、3、…、20}中至少之一;The length satisfies 2 x , wherein x is at least one of the concentrations {1, 2, 3, ..., 20};
    所述长度满足无线帧长的整数倍。The length satisfies an integer multiple of the length of the radio frame.
  22. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 19, wherein
    上行调度窗长度与下行调度窗长度相同,固定或统一配置;或者,上行调度窗长与下行调度窗长独立配置或取不同的固定值。The length of the uplink scheduling window is the same as that of the downlink scheduling window, and is fixed or unified. Alternatively, the uplink scheduling window length and the downlink scheduling window are independently configured or take different fixed values.
  23. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中, The method of claim 1 wherein
    所述NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的起始子帧根据调度窗长、偏移值、最大重复次数Rmax和资源分配周期中至少之一确定。The starting subframe of the search space where the NB-PDCCH is located is determined according to at least one of a scheduling window length, an offset value, a maximum repetition number Rmax, and a resource allocation period.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 23, wherein
    所述起始子帧根据周期T和偏移值offset确定时,起始子帧位置、起始子帧加上偏移值的位置或起始子帧减去偏移值的位置是T的整数倍的位置,其中,偏移值不大于调度窗长,其中,周期T为调度窗长,调度周期或资源分配周期,或者是调度窗长,调度周期或资源分配周期的整数倍。When the starting subframe is determined according to the period T and the offset value offset, the starting subframe position, the position of the starting subframe plus the offset value, or the position of the starting subframe minus the offset value is an integer of T. The position of the multiple, wherein the offset value is not greater than the scheduling window length, wherein the period T is a scheduling window length, a scheduling period or a resource allocation period, or an integer multiple of a scheduling window length, a scheduling period, or a resource allocation period.
  25. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 23, wherein
    所述起始子帧根据最大重复次数确定时,包括以下方式至少之一:When the starting subframe is determined according to the maximum number of repetitions, at least one of the following manners is included:
    所述起始子帧位于周期的第一个子帧,所述周期为Rmax的整数倍,其中,所述整数倍的取值为连续取值或间隔取值;The initial subframe is located in the first subframe of the period, and the period is an integer multiple of Rmax, where the integer multiple is a continuous value or an interval value;
    所述起始子帧位于周期的第一个子帧加偏移值offset,偏移值为Rmax除以i的整数倍,所述周期为Rmax的整数倍,其中,所述整数倍的取值为连续取值或间隔取值。The initial subframe is located in the first subframe of the period plus an offset value offset, and the offset value is Rmax divided by an integer multiple of i, and the period is an integer multiple of Rmax, where the integer multiple is taken Take values for consecutive values or intervals.
  26. 根据权利要求21或23所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 21 or 23, wherein
    所述周期为Rmax的整数倍或非整数倍所确定的取值集合,或者所述周期为Rmax的整数倍或非整数倍再加上常数m所确定的取值集合包括以下至少之一:The set of values determined by the period being an integer multiple or a non-integer multiple of Rmax, or the set of values determined by the period being an integer multiple or a non-integer multiple of Rmax plus a constant m includes at least one of the following:
    取值集合包括大于等于10的正整数;The set of values includes a positive integer greater than or equal to 10;
    取值集合中不包含1;The value collection does not contain 1;
    取值集合中包含大于1小于5的非正整数;The value set contains a non-positive integer greater than 1 and less than 5;
    根据门限值Rmax=D区分不同的取值集合,其中,D为固定的常数或者高层信令配置的常数。Different sets of values are distinguished according to the threshold value Rmax=D, where D is a fixed constant or a constant configured by a higher layer signaling.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 26, wherein
    UE专用搜索空间USS与小区公用搜索空间CSS所对应的取值集合不同,所述取值集合包括以下至少之一:The UE-specific search space USS is different from the value set corresponding to the cell common search space CSS, and the value set includes at least one of the following:
    CSS的取值集合中不包含非正整数;The CSS value set does not contain a non-positive integer;
    CSS的取值集合中最小值大于USS中取值集合中最小值;The minimum value in the CSS value set is greater than the minimum value in the USS value set;
    CSS的取值集合中最大值大于USS中取值集合中最大值。The maximum value in the CSS value set is greater than the maximum value in the USS value set.
  28. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述NB-PDCCH或NB-PDSCH或NB-PUSCH重复传输时,由基站通过SIB通知其重复传输为连续传输或间隔/非连续传输,包括以下方式至少之一: The method according to claim 1, wherein when the NB-PDCCH or NB-PDSCH or NB-PUSCH is repeatedly transmitted, the base station notifies the repeated transmission to continuous transmission or interval/discontinuous transmission through the SIB, including at least the following manner One:
    配置是否执行非连续传输,非连续传输方式隐含确定;Configure whether to perform discontinuous transmission, and the discontinuous transmission method implicitly determines;
    配置非连续传输的间隔数量,间隔位置隐含确定;Configure the number of intervals for discontinuous transmission, and the interval position is implicitly determined;
    配置预设的周期,以及周期内的间隔位置;Configure the preset period and the interval position within the period;
    配置预设的周期,且周期大小等于间隔大小;Configure a preset period, and the period size is equal to the interval size;
    固定周期和固定间隔大小,且固定值为2的幂次取值或无线帧的整数倍或8的整数倍。Fixed period and fixed interval size, and the fixed value is a power of 2 or an integer multiple of a radio frame or an integer multiple of 8.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其中,所述配置预设的周期,以及周期内的间隔位置时,所述周期和/或间隔的单位为子帧或Rmax/i的倍数,其中,所述周期和所述间隔大小分别配置或联合编码配置,其中,i为1至8中整数。The method according to claim 28, wherein, when the preset period is configured, and the interval position within the period, the unit of the period and/or interval is a sub-frame or a multiple of Rmax/i, wherein The period and the interval size are respectively configured or jointly encoded configurations, where i is an integer from 1 to 8.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 29, wherein
    所述周期和周期内的间隔大小根据门限值确定的方式包括以下至少之一:The manner in which the interval and the interval in the period are determined according to the threshold value includes at least one of the following:
    所述周期的最大值小于或小于等于门限值;The maximum value of the period is less than or less than or equal to a threshold value;
    所述间隔大小的最大值小于周期值;The maximum value of the interval size is less than the period value;
    所述间隔大小的最大值小于门限值,其中,所述门限值为固定值或者高层信令配置的值。The maximum value of the interval size is less than a threshold value, wherein the threshold value is a fixed value or a value of a high layer signaling configuration.
  31. 一种调度定时间隔的确定装置,包括:A determining device for scheduling a timing interval, comprising:
    确定模块,设置为通过解调窄带物理下行控制信道NB-PDCCH,确定调度的窄带下行业务信道NB-PDSCH或者窄带上行业务信道NB-PUSCH的起始子帧,其中,确定所述起始子帧的依据包括以下至少之一:所述NB-PDCCH的结束子帧、所述NB-PDCCH所在搜索空间的结束子帧、调度窗内的资源分配、调度定时间隔指示。 a determining module, configured to determine a scheduled subframe of the scheduled narrowband downlink traffic channel NB-PDSCH or the narrowband uplink traffic channel NB-PUSCH by demodulating the narrowband physical downlink control channel NB-PDCCH, where the starting subframe is determined The basis of the at least one of the following: an end subframe of the NB-PDCCH, an end subframe of a search space where the NB-PDCCH is located, a resource allocation in a scheduling window, and a scheduling timing interval indication.
PCT/CN2016/111357 2016-02-05 2016-12-21 Method and apparatus for determining schedule timing interval WO2017133339A1 (en)

Priority Applications (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP16889145.5A EP3413646B1 (en) 2016-02-05 2016-12-21 A method and apparatus for determining the schedule gap
KR1020187025459A KR102643922B1 (en) 2016-02-05 2016-12-21 Method and apparatus for determining scheduling gap
EP22158355.2A EP4075900A1 (en) 2016-02-05 2016-12-21 A method and apparatus for determining the scheduling gap
US16/074,061 US10849144B2 (en) 2016-02-05 2016-12-21 Method and apparatus for determining the scheduling gap
JP2018540418A JP7058605B2 (en) 2016-02-05 2016-12-21 Methods and devices for determining schedule timing intervals
US16/952,772 US11706787B2 (en) 2016-02-05 2020-11-19 Method and apparatus for determining the scheduling gap

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201610082244 2016-02-05
CN201610082244.8 2016-02-05
CN201610147407 2016-03-15
CN201610147407.6 2016-03-15
CN201610222408.2A CN107046722B (en) 2016-02-05 2016-04-11 Method and device for determining scheduling timing interval
CN201610222408.2 2016-04-11

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/074,061 A-371-Of-International US10849144B2 (en) 2016-02-05 2016-12-21 Method and apparatus for determining the scheduling gap
US16/952,772 Continuation US11706787B2 (en) 2016-02-05 2020-11-19 Method and apparatus for determining the scheduling gap

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017133339A1 true WO2017133339A1 (en) 2017-08-10

Family

ID=59500575

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2016/111357 WO2017133339A1 (en) 2016-02-05 2016-12-21 Method and apparatus for determining schedule timing interval

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2017133339A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109982329A (en) * 2019-03-20 2019-07-05 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 A kind of data transmission method and base station
CN111315013A (en) * 2018-12-11 2020-06-19 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 Method and device used in user equipment and base station for wireless communication
CN111684848A (en) * 2018-02-14 2020-09-18 华为技术有限公司 Resource allocation method and device
CN112367645A (en) * 2020-11-09 2021-02-12 海能达通信股份有限公司 Method for improving demodulation performance of MPDCCH and related device
US11778600B2 (en) 2018-02-12 2023-10-03 Zte Corporation Resource allocation method and device

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104349458A (en) * 2013-08-08 2015-02-11 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Control channel transmission method, transmission processing method, communication node and terminal
CN104780549A (en) * 2014-01-10 2015-07-15 夏普株式会社 Physical channel configuration method, base station and user equipment
CN104823396A (en) * 2013-01-14 2015-08-05 Lg电子株式会社 Method and user equipment for receiving downlink signal and method and base station for transmitting downlink signal
CN104871469A (en) * 2013-08-09 2015-08-26 联发科技股份有限公司 Method to determine starting subframe of data channel

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104823396A (en) * 2013-01-14 2015-08-05 Lg电子株式会社 Method and user equipment for receiving downlink signal and method and base station for transmitting downlink signal
CN104349458A (en) * 2013-08-08 2015-02-11 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Control channel transmission method, transmission processing method, communication node and terminal
CN104871469A (en) * 2013-08-09 2015-08-26 联发科技股份有限公司 Method to determine starting subframe of data channel
CN104780549A (en) * 2014-01-10 2015-07-15 夏普株式会社 Physical channel configuration method, base station and user equipment

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Discussion on timing relationship for (E) PDCCH and PDSCH", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG1 #75 R1-135427, 15 November 2013 (2013-11-15), XP050735103 *
See also references of EP3413646A4 *

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11778600B2 (en) 2018-02-12 2023-10-03 Zte Corporation Resource allocation method and device
CN111684848A (en) * 2018-02-14 2020-09-18 华为技术有限公司 Resource allocation method and device
CN111684848B (en) * 2018-02-14 2023-10-20 华为技术有限公司 Resource allocation method and device
US11864187B2 (en) 2018-02-14 2024-01-02 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Resource allocation method and apparatus
CN111315013A (en) * 2018-12-11 2020-06-19 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 Method and device used in user equipment and base station for wireless communication
CN109982329A (en) * 2019-03-20 2019-07-05 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 A kind of data transmission method and base station
CN109982329B (en) * 2019-03-20 2023-03-24 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Data transmission method and base station
CN112367645A (en) * 2020-11-09 2021-02-12 海能达通信股份有限公司 Method for improving demodulation performance of MPDCCH and related device
CN112367645B (en) * 2020-11-09 2023-06-16 海能达通信股份有限公司 Method for improving MPDCH demodulation performance and related device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11706787B2 (en) Method and apparatus for determining the scheduling gap
US11632748B2 (en) Control channels for wireless communication
US11140661B2 (en) System and method for common control channels in a communications system
CN107294897B (en) Downlink information sending and receiving method and device
WO2017133339A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining schedule timing interval
KR101643855B1 (en) Allocation method for control channel candidate number and blind detection frequency, base station, and user equipment
US11044147B2 (en) Resource configuration method and apparatus
KR102297826B1 (en) Method and device for configuring system parameter sets, and storage medium
US20220272732A1 (en) Method and device for receiving physical downlink control channel
JP5719357B2 (en) Method for communicating in a mobile network
CN107046713B (en) Method and device for determining downlink control channel, terminal and base station
US20230379926A1 (en) Methods to reduce number of blind decoding attempts done by a user equipment
WO2017107686A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining search space in narrowband system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16889145

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018540418

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20187025459

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020187025459

Country of ref document: KR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2016889145

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016889145

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20180905